LG Electronics USA L705I PCS GSM Phone User Manual

LG Electronics USA PCS GSM Phone

Contents

Users Manual 2

177Mail[Filter]Shows messages that meet certain conditions.[Protect on/off][Send Ir data][Copy to microSD card][UIM][Memory status]Display number of mails in sent mail BOX.Sent Mail Details Screen Sub MenuaSent mail details screen (P171) XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Edit]Edit and send a sent mail.→P161䇮P181[Move]Move the displayed mail to another folder.XSelect destination folder[Delete]Delete a displayed mail.X"Yes"[Protect on/off]Protect or release the displayed mail.X"Yes"[Store]Save the phone numbers and email addresses in the displayed mail to Phonebook.→P169[Attach file]Save, play or view, or delete images attached to the displayed i-mode mail.→P169[Inline image]Save images contained in the displayed mail or view the information.→P170AddressSubjectProtectedNot protectedImagei-motionMelodyMailSMSAll䋺Display mail sent to a specific address. X Select item X Select/input address䋺Display mail with a specific subject. XEnter subject䋺Display protected mail.䋺Display unprotected mail.䋺Display mail with an image attached.䋺Display mail with an i-motion movie attached.䋺Display mail with a melody attached.䋺Display i-mode mail.䋺Only display SMSes.䋺Display all mail in the folder.Protect On/OffProtectselected on/offProtect allProtect all on/off䋺Protect or unprotect the selected mail. X"Yes"䋺Select and protect or unprotect mail. XCheck off the mail to protectXI[Done]X"Yes"• Press M[Menu], choose from "Mark all", "Release all", "Switch view"䋺Protect all mail in the folder. X"Yes"䋺Unprotect all mail in the folder. X"Yes"SendSend alldata䋺Sends selected mail via Infrared. X"Yes"䋺Send all mail in the folder by infrared. XEnter security codeXEnter Auth. Password X"Yes"Copy oneCopy all䋺Copies selected mail to microSD memory card. X"Yes"䋺Copies all mail in the folder to microSD memory card. XEnter the security codeX"Yes"Copy to UIM䋺Copy the selected SMS to the UIM.Move to UIM䋺Move the selected SMS to the UIM.Copy fromUIMMove fromUIM䋺Copy the selected SMS to the FOMA handset.䋺Move the selected SMS to the FOMA handset.Note<Filter>• Addresses matched completely and subjects matched even partially are displayed.Continue on the next page
178Mail[View settings][Copy]Copy contents of the displayed mail.[Save template]Save Deco-mail as a template.XC[Select]XEdit titleXI[Done][Export]Unsent Mail List Screen Sub MenuaUnsent mail list screen (P171) XMovecursor to mailXM[Menu]XPerformthe following operation[Delete][View settings][Filter]Shows messages that meet certain conditions.[Send Ir data][Copy to microSD card][Memory status]Display number of mails in unsent mail BOX.Received Mails/Sent Mails/Recent MailsUsing Mail LogsReceived / Sent mail logs show the last 30 mailsthat were sent/received. Also, up to 60 received orsent mails are recorded in "Recent Mails". Theselogs can be used to make emails, and saveaddresses to the phonebook.• If more entries have been recorded than can be saved, the oldest entries will be overwritten first.ScrollCharacter Size䋺Sets the number of lines scrolled when H is pressed at the mail Display Screen. X"1 line"/"3 lines"/"5 lines"/"Page"䋺Set a font size for text on mail display screen. X"Small"/"Standard"/"Large"MessageAddressSubject䋺Select and copy contents of text.→P252䋺Copy a destination. If there are multiple recipients, select addresses to copy.䋺Copy a subject.Send IrDA 䋺Send the displayed mail via IrDA. X"Yes"Copy to microSD䋺Copy the displayed mail to the microSD memory card. X"Yes"FOMA card (UIM)䋺Copy or move the selected SMS to the UIM, or copy or move the selected SMS from the UIM to the handset.X"Copy to UIM"/"Move to UIM"/""Copy from UIM"/"Move from UIM"Note<Protect>• Up to 500 mails can be protected.<Delete>• Protected mails cannot be deleted.DeleteDeletesselecteditemDeleteall䋺Delete the selected message. X"Yes"䋺Select and delete message. XCheck off the mail to deleteXI[Done]X"Yes"• Press M[Menu], choose from "Mark all", "Release all", "Switch view"䋺Delete all unsent messages. XEnter the security codeX"Yes"SwitchViewSort䋺Set how to display mail. X"1 lines subjt"/"1 lines add"/"1 lines name"/"2 lines add"/"2 lines name"䋺Sort mails by the condition you specify. X"Subject asc"/"Subject desc"/"Address asc"/"Address desc"/"Date asc"/"Date desc"AddressSubjectImagei-motionMelodyMailSMSAll䋺Display mail sent to a specific address. X Select item X Select/input address䋺Display mail with a specific subject. XEnter subject䋺Display mail with an image attached.䋺Display mail with an i-motion movie attached.䋺Display mail with a melody attached.䋺Display i-mode mail.䋺Only display SMSes.䋺Display all unsent messages.SendSend alldata䋺Sends selected mail via Infrared. X"Yes"䋺Send all unsent messages via infrared. XEnter security codeXEnter Auth. Password X"Yes"Copy oneCopy all䋺Copies selected mail to microSD memory card.X"Yes"䋺Copy all unsent mail to the microSD memory card. XEnter the security codeX"Yes"
179MailExample: When displaying the received mail logsaThe Stand-by displayXL(Hold for 1+seconds)䂓To display Sent mailsThe Stand-by display XR(for 1+ seconds)䂓To display recent mailThe Stand-by display XA(for 1+ seconds)bSelect a Logged mail•I[Mail] : Creates mail to selected entry's recipient/sender.aThe name enteredinto the phone bookbOther party's mail addresscReceive/Sent date & time䂓Icons displayed on the received/send log/RecentMails䋪䋺 The received/sent date and time is shown on local time.Received/Sent Mail Log/Recent Mail SubMenuaMove cursor to the received/sent logXM[Menu]XPerforms the followingoperations[Video phone call]Make a Video Phone.[Compose mail]Creates mail to selected entry's recipient/sender.Go to Step 3 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).[Add to phonebook]Save the selected log's address to the phonebook.Go to Step 2 in "Saving Contacts to the Phonebook from Received or Dialed Calls" (P80).• Saves only unsaved mail addresses.[Customize call]Edit the phone number in the selected entry and dial.You can save a phone number to the Phonebook using C [Save].XLon the Phone number entry screen XLXKto move the cursor to the place to change Xchangethe phone number XA[Change list]䋪• The item for the currently displayed log is not shown.[Delete]Delete the selected log entry.X"Yes"[Delete all]䋪Delete all entries from the mail logs.X"Yes"䋪䋺 This option does not appear on the received/sent mail logs/recent mail detail screen.Mail settingSetting FOMA HandsetMail Functions SettingsCommunicationConfiguring CommunicationSettingsaMail menu screen(P160) X"Mailsetting" X"Communication" XPerform the following operations[Receive option set]To enable/disable the Receive option (P167), set whether to receive i-mode mail automatically.[Receive attach file]Set attachment files to be acquired when receiving i-mode mail.XCheck off the item to be downloadedXI[Done]Icon DescriptionReceived mailSent mailReceived SMSSent SMS䃨Mail and SMS that were Received/Sent while Roaming*Ex.: ReceivedMail HistoryList ScreenEx.: ReceivedMail HistoryList ScreenabcRecent callsRecent mailReceivedCallsReceivedmailRedialSent mail䋺Display all incoming and outgoing call logs.䋺Display all incoming and outgoing mail logs.䋺Display Received calls.䋺Displays the Received mail logs.䋺Displays phone redial log.䋺Displays the Sent mail logs.DefaultReceive option set: OFFReceive attch file: All checkmarkedCheck new messages : AllcheckmarkedOnOff䋺Do not automatically receive mails.䋺Automatically receive mails.Continue on the next page
180Mail[Check new messages]Sets request settings when using "Check new messages".XCheck off item to checkXI[Done]EditEditing Header/Sign/QuotationaMail menu screen (P160) X"Mailsetting" X"Edit" XPerform thefollowing operations[Edit Header]Set a header to be inserted into the i-mode mail text.XC[Edit]XEnter header[Edit Signature]Set a signature to be inserted to i-mode mail text.XC[Edit]XEnter signature[Edit Quotation]Set a symbol indicating quotation from a received mail used for replying by quoting.XC[Select]XEdit quotesXI[Done][Auto attach]Set whether to automatically attach a header or signature when composing i-mode mail.XPlace a check mark next to an item to be attachedXI[Done]ViewConfiguring Display SettingsaMail menu screen(P160) X"Mailsetting" X"Display" XPerform thefollowing operations[Font size]Set a font size for text on the Mail detail screen screen.X"Small"/"Standard"/"Large"[Scroll]Sets the number of lines scrolled when H is pressed at the the Mail detail screen or the Preview screen.X"1 line"/"3 lines"/"5 lines"/"Page"[Mail list]Set how to display mail on the Mail list screen.X"1 line subject"/"1 line address"/"1 line name"/"2lines address"/"2 lines name"[Folder security]Sets security for Mail Menu's send/receive/unsent mail box. To display a security-enabled mail box, the security code must be entered.XEnter security codeXCheck the items to enablesecurity onXI[Done][Melody auto play]Set whether to automatically play attached or pasted melodies on the Mail display screen.X"ON"/"OFF"[Receiving display]Set whether to preferentially open the Receive results screen when i-mode mail or Message R/F is received while operating the FOMA handset.OtherConfiguring Other SettingsaMail menu screen (P160) X"Mailsetting" X"Others" XPerform thefollowing operations[Check setting]Confirm the contents set in "Mail setting".[Reset setting]Reset the contents set in "Mail setting" to the default.XEnter the security codeX"Yes"Note<Receive option set>• When this option is set to "ON", i-mode mail cannot be received automatically. Incoming i-mode mail is kept at the i-mode Center, and the Receive notify screen(P162) appears.<Attach File>• When receiving the attached file so as to be set the unreceivable file type, you can receive attachments by selecting their file names shown in the body text.→P169DefaultEdit header: NonEdit signature: NonEdit quotation>Auto attach: Checkmarked on"Signature"DefaultFont size: StandardScroll: 1 lineMail list: 2 lines nameFolder security: Non checkmarkedMelody auto play: ONReceiving display: Alarm modeAlarmpreferredOperationpreferred䋺Open the Received Results screen.䋺Carry out FOMA handset operations without displaying the Received result screen.Note<Reset Settings>• The contents of the header and signature will not be reset.
181MailSMSCompose/SendCreating and SendingSMS (Short MessageService) Message• You can send and receive SMS to/from parties of overseas carriers other than DoCoMo. Visit DoCoMo's web site for countries and overseas carriers available.aMail Menu Screen(P160)X"SMS"X"Compose SMS"bSelect (Receiver) fieldX"InputAddress"XEnter the phone number• Up to 21 digits (including "+") can be entered.• The address can be selected from the Phonebook, Sent mail logs or Received mail logs.→P181cSelect (Body) fieldXInput body• The number of characters which can be entered differs depending on the settings in "SMS input character".dI[Send]Create SMS Screen Sub MenuaSMS Composition Screen (P181) XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Send via]Send SMS.[Save]Save SMS being created or edited in Unsent mail box.[Add address][Report request]Set whether to request for SMS delivery notification when SMS is sent.→P182[Validity period]Set the duration a sent SMS can be kept undelivered at the SMS center.→P182[Delete body]Body software.X"Yes"[Delete SMS]Delete the SMS being composed.X"Yes"Receive SMSAutomatically ReceivingSMS (Short MessageService) MessageWhen FOMA handset is in the service area, SMS isautomatically received.• Up to 1000 received SMS messages including i-mode mail can be saved. However, the savable number depends on the amount of the data.aWhen receiving i-mode mail, isshown at the top of the screenWhen the reception is complete, the Reception result screen opens.• You are forced to return to the screen before receiving mails if no operation is performed for approximately 30 seconds, • Selecting "SMS" opens the Received mail folder list screen.• Until the Detail screen of received SMS opens, appears at the top of the screen and (the number indicates the number of messages) appears on the Stand-by screen.Note• For a destination of an overseas carrier other than DoCoMo, enter in the order of "+" (Press 0 for 1+ seconds), "Country Code" and "other party's mobile phone number". For the mobile phone number, omit leading "0", if exist. Numbers may be entered in the order of "010", "Country Code" and "other party's mobile phone number" (to reply to overseas SMS received, enter "010").• Characters may not be sent correctly to the other party depending on the radio wave reception level.• When you send an SMS to a receiver who uses a foreign carrier and the characters not supported by the carrier are included in the text you sent, those characters may not be displayed correctly.• Even if you set "Activate/Deactivate" to "Not notify", your Caller ID is sent to the other party.• You cannot reply to SMS sent with Unknown ID or from a public phone.Compose SMSScreenOpenPhonebookSent AddressReceivedaddressInput Address䋺Select an address from the phonebook. XSelect phonebook䋺Select an address from the Sent mail logs. X Select a logged SMS䋺Select an address from the Received mail logs. X Select a logged SMS䋺Enter the receiver address directly. X Enter the phone numberReceptionResult Screen
182MailDisplaying New SMS ReceivedaReceived Result Screen (P181)X"SMS"XSelect folderbSelect the SMS to displayCheck new SMSChecking for SMS (ShortMessage Service) MessageSMS that could not be received because thehandset was out of service area (or for otherreasons) are stored in SMS Center. You can receivestored SMS by checking the SMS Center.• You cannot check from an out of service area.aMail Menu Screen (P160) X"SMS"X"Check new SMS"When the reception is complete, the Reception result screen opens.SMS SettingsConfiguring SMS (ShortMessage Service)SettingsSMS ReportSet whether to request an SMS delivery report aftersending SMS. If this option is set to "ON", amessage indicating that the SMS has beendelivered to the receiver will be sent to you.aMail setting screen (P160) X"Mailsetting" X"SMS" X"SMS Reportrequest" X"ON"/"OFF"SMS Validity PeriodSet the length of time that a sent SMS will be kept atthe SMS center if it cannot be delivered becausethe recipient is out of service area, etc.• If "None" is selected, sending the SMS message is retried after a while, then the message is deleted from the SMS center.aMail setting screen(P160) X"Mailsetting" X"SMS"X"SMS ValidityPeriod" XSelect the periodEntering SMS Message TextSets maximum number of characters for SMS body.aMail setting screen(P160) X"Mailsetting" X"SMS"X" SMS inputcharacter"Japanese (70 characters): Maximum 70 characters.English (160 characters): Maximum 160 characters. Japanese cannot be input.SMS CenterYou can configure the SMS center.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Internationalroaming"X"Network"X"SMS center"XPerform the following operation[SMSC][Address]When "Others" is selected for "SMS center", input connection address.[Type of number]Set when "Others" is selected for "SMS center",bI[Done]Default OFFNote• The report will show the sent time and the number of the receiver.Received MailDetails ScreenDefault 3 daysDefault Japanese (70 characters)Default SMS center : DoCoMoYou usually do not need to change this setting.DoCoMoOther䋺Set DoCoMo as SMS Center address.䋺Set something other than DoCoMo as SMS Center address.UnknownInternational䋺If the SMS center phone number may be long distance, use this setting.䋺If the SMS center phone number is long distance, use this setting.
183i-appliWhat is i-appli?.................................................................................................................. 184Downloading i-appli from Site ......................................................................................... 185Starting i-appli ................................................................................................................... 185Save Mails from a Site or Mail.......................................................... i-appli To Function 189Automatically Starting i-appli .................................................................. Auto Start Set 189Viewing Various Information............................................................................................ 190Deleting i-appli .................................................................................................................. 190Displaying i-appli Site from i-appli .................................................................................. 190
184i-appliWhat is i-appli?By downloading i-appli from site, i-modecompatible FOMA handset (hereinafter, referred toas i-mode handset) can be made more convenient.For example, you can enjoy various gamesdownloaded to i-mode handset and automaticallycheck price by downloading i-appli for stock priceinformation. In addition, map i-appli downloadsminimum data that is required so that you can scrollthe map smoothly. In addition, map i-applidownloads only necessary data, allowing smoothscrolling. Some i-appli allows to directly registerdata to phonebook or schedule or link with the Databox for saving and acquiring images.• Downloading i-appli →P185• Activating i-appli →P185• Automatically Starting i-appli →P189䂓Using registered dataSome i-appli software may be able to refer to, register or operate your i-mode handset registration data (phonebook, bookmark, schedule, images, Icon information). Following operations are enabled usingregistration data:• Add to phonebook• Using Icon information• Bookmark registration• Schedule registration• Image acquisition from Data box• Image saving to Data boxWhat is i-appli DX?i-appli DX makes With i-appli DX, you can usei-appli more conveniently in such manners as tocreate mail with your favorite character screen or letyou notified of the sender of received mail with acharacter's comment by linking with i-modehandset information (such as mail text, sent/received mail history, phonebook data).䂓Using registered dataSome i-appli DX may be able to refer to, register or operate registration data such as mails, sent mail logs, received mail logs, ring tone, in addition to registration data available to ordinary i-appli (Phonebook, Bookmark, schedule and images). Following operations are enabled usingregistration data:• Add to phonebook• Phonebook referencing• Using Icon information• Bookmark registration• Schedule registration• Using mail menu• Using Compose message screen• Referencing latest Redial logs• Open latest received call record• Referencing latest unread mail• Saving melody• Changing Ring tone (phone, mail, message)• Image acquisition from Data box• Image saving to Data box• Changing screen settings (the Stand-by display, Voice/Video call)Other Functions䂓Automatically starting i-appliYou can automatically start software at a specified time, date or day of week. Some software can be automatically started at a time interval predefined in the software.→P189䂓Using cameraYou can use i-mode handset Camera from i-appli.• This function is available with i-appli compatible with Camera function.䂓IrDAYou can communicate with a device installed with Infrared communication function using the i-appli. It can link to infrared communication-compatible devices to increase its functionalities.→P211• This function can be used with infrared-compatible i-appli.• Depending on the other party's device, communication of some data may be restricted even with Infrared communications available.Note• Some i-appli may use a "serial number of your mobile phone/UIM".• Some i-appli may perform communications at starting. You can set to disable the communications.→P188IP䋨 ᖱႎ䉰䊷䊎 䉴 ឭଏ⠪䋩 䌩䊝䊷䊄䉶䊮䉺䊷 䌩 䊝䊷䊄 ┵ᧃ 䌩䉝䊒䊥䉻䉡 䊮䊨 䊷䊄䉭䊷䊛 䇮 ᩣଔᖱႎ䇮 etc. Note• i-appli DX may perform communications regardless of software communication settings to confirm software validity. The communications count and timings differ from software.• You need to set the Time and Date in order to start an i-appli DX.→P47
185i-appli䂓Infrared remote controlYou can operate various device from i-appli such as household electrical appliances compatible with infrared remote control.→P213For example, "G䉧䉟 䊄 ⇟⚵⴫䊥 䊝䉮 䊮 (G-GUIDE EPG Remote Control)", saved by default, can be used as a remote TV controller linked with a TV program.→P188• This function is available with i-appli compatible with infrared remote control function. The other party's device must have related i-appli.Downloading i-applifrom SiteYou can download software from a site and save itto FOMA handset.• A maximum of programs can be downloaded and saved. This number may be reduced by the software's data size.aSite DisplayedXSelect Program•I[Cancel] : Cancel downloading.䂓When "Display SW info" is set to "Display"Software information is displayed. When C[OK] X "Yes" to download the program.bAfter downloading has completedX"Yes"The downloaded software starts.• After the software is downloaded, the network set screen may be displayed depending on the software. To allow the software to carry out network communications, when the software is running, select "Yes". The settings can be changed afterwards from "SW setting".→P188Display SW infoDisplay i-appli Information WhenDownloadingSet whether to display software information whendownloading the software.aM[Menu]X"i-appli"X"i-applisettings"X"Display SW info"X"Display"/"Not Display"Starting i-appliaStand-by display XI(1+ secondsafter)䂓Icons on the Software List screenNote• At downloading, the confirmation screen may appear notifying of using "the phone-information data (stored data and serial number of your mobile phone/UIM)". Press "Yes" to start downloading. Select I[Detail] to check the details of the phone information data to be used. In this case, the "serial number of your mobile phone/UIM" is sent to the ISP (Internet Service Provider) over the Internet, so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age, and gender are not notified to the ISP (Internet Service Provider) or others by this operation.• If you attempt to re-download software that was downloaded with a different UIM, the confirmation screen opens asking whether to overwrite it. Select "Yes" to overwrite.• If the maximum savable number of software is exceeded or there is not enough memory space, there will be the confirmation screen asking whether or not to delete another i-appli.If the memory free space is insufficient, you can select i-appli to delete confirming the required memory for it.Select "Yes" to deleteXPlace a check mark next to the i-appli youi delete confirming the required memoryXI[Delete]. If "Yes" is selected, the checked software is deleted and the download starts.• If the download of software fails due to weak signal reception, the software cannot be saved.• Even if the download of software fails due to weak signal reception after old software was deleted to make memory space on the FOMA handset, the old software cannot be restored.• Some software that starts immediately after downloaded cannot be saved.Default Not displayIcon DescriptionStandard i-applii-appli DXAuto-start set i-applii-appli downloaded from an SSL siteSoftware ListScreenContinue on the next page
186i-applibSelect software• If "Network set" of "Software set" is set to "Confirm every session", a confirmation screen whether to allow the communication appears.䇸Select"Yes"/"No"䂓Exiting i-appliPXSelect "Yes".To start software from other softwareSome software can start a specified i-appli without returning to the Software list screen. Some software already has software to be started specified, and others do not.If the software to be started is already specifiedWhile performing an i-appli, a confirmation screen whether to start the specified software opens. Select the software while i-appli is runningXMSelect [Yes]If the software to be started is not specifiedWhile an i-appli is running, a confirmation whether to list the software appears. M[Yes]XSelect the software.If a security error occursIf you attempt to perform operations that are not permitted for the software, a security error is indicated and the error is recorded in "Security error history".→P190If an abnormality occurs with the softwareIf an abnormality occurs with the software, you can check the contents using the Trace output.→P190To i-appli creatorsIf software does not behave as expected while being created, you may want to refer to the Trace output.Software List Screen Sub MenuaSoftware list screen(P185)XMovecursor to the softwareXM[Menu]XPerform the following operation[Set i-appli to]Set the Activating conditions of the selected software.→P189[Auto start time]Set whether to start the selected software automatically or not. And if you do, set the date and time.→P189[Software set]Set the selected software.→P188[Software info]Displays selected software's information.[Upgrade]Upgrade the selected software.X"Yes"[Delete]Delete software.→P190Note• Some software performs transmission whileSome software performs transmission while activated. You can change the settings in "Network set" of "Software set" not to automatically carry out transmission.→P188• If there is an incoming voice call or video call when the software is running, you can answer the call pausing the software. After the call is terminated, the previous screen returns.• Even when the software is running, you can receivemail or Message R/F. The software keeps running, and at the top of the screen appears. To view the received mail or Message R/F, terminate the software. To view the received mail or Message R/F, terminate the software.•Images used by an i-appli䋪 or data you enteredmay be automatically sent to a server via the Internet.䋪䋺 Images used by the i-appli include: images captured with Camera that is started from a Camera-linked (linkage) application, images obtained using infrared communication function of the i-appli, images downloaded from a site or web site, and images obtained from the Data box by the i-appli.• You cannot start software downloaded using adifferent UIM.• Some i-appli do not have sounds.• Depending on the software, the IP (Information Provider) can access the saved program and directly disable its use. In this case, the software cannot be run or updated; it can be deleted, and the software information can be shown. As re-enabling the software requires an incoming signal, please direct your inquiries to the IP (Information Provider).• Depending on the software, the IP (Information Provider) can access the saved program data.• In the event that the IP disables/re-enables the software or accesses the data, the FOMA handset performs transmission and is displayed on the phone. Packet communication charges do not apply in this case.Note<Upgrade>• During an update, a confirmation screen may appear notifying of using the handset's data (stored data and serial number of the handset/UIM)".䇸Select "Yes" to start downloading. Select I[Detail] to check the details of the phone information data to be used. In this case, the "serial number of your mobile phone/UIM" is sent to the ISP (Internet Service Provider) over the Internet, so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age, and gender are not notified to the ISP (Internet Service Provider) or others by this operation.
187i-applii-appli Pre-installedThe following table shows pre-installed i-appli.• The i-appli title may differ from the name displayed on the screen.Halloween FeverThis is a puzzle game that you try to delete monsterwhen 3 or more of the same monster are adjacent.The game ends when all the monsters have beendeleted.Be careful about the order the monsters aredeleted; if there are any undeletable monsters at theend, you will lose the game.aSoftware list screen(P185)X"Halloween Fever"The menu screen opens.bPerform the following operation[䉴䉺䊷䊃 (Start)]Start the game.[䉴䊁䊷䉳 (Stage]Press J to select the stage finished.[䊓䊦䊒 (Help)]Display the description and how to play the game.[䉰䉡 䊮䊄 䉥䊐 (䉰䉡 䊮䊄 䉥䊮) (Sound off (Sound on))]C toggles the sound effects on and off.䂓Operations during the gamePump it upThis is a rhythm and action game that you try topush the buttons as they are indicated on thescreen in rhythm to the music.As marks such as arrows scroll up from the bottomof the screen, please press the correspondingbutton when they reach the same marks on the topof the screen.In decreasing order, you will get a "PERFECT,GREAT, GOOD, BAD, MISS" depending on howclose you were to the rhythm. If you get BAD orMISS above the certain number, the game will end.When you get several in a row, a combo will bedisplayed.aSoftware list screen(P185)X"Pumpitup"The game title screen is displayed.bCThe menu screen opens.cPerform the following operation[䉴䉺䊷䊃 (Start)]Start the game. Select the song and difficulty level.Use XJto select the music XCX"䊉䊷䊙䊦(Normal)"/"䊊䊷䊄 䇭 (Hard)"[ᣇᴺ (How to play)]Shows the function buttons.[䉥䊒䉲䊢 䊮 (Options)]Set whether to display sound, vibration, and animations or not.[䉮䊙䊮䊄 (Command)]Shows codes to make the game harder. Enter the code at the difficulty level selection screen.䂓Operations during the game• This sample screen may be different from the actual one.Game Halloween FeverPump it upSoftwareotherthan thegames䊂䉮 䊜 ⛗ᢥሼ䊘䉬䉾 䊃 (Deco-mail pictograph pocket)G䉧䉟 䊄 ⇟⚵⾮䊝䉮 䊮 (G-GUIDE Program List Remote Controller)FOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥(FOMA Communication Environment Check Application)Key DescriptionKMoving the cursorCSelectI[Menu] If "Yes" is selected, the game ends and the menu screen is shown.*Restart the game.#Returns to the previous screen.Move the cursor and select a monster to be RandomMirrorVanishNo StepCancel䋺Randomizes the kind and order of marks.䋺.䋺Vanish the marks in the middle of scroll.䋺Do not show the marks (Press the button following your memory and music).䋺Cancels the commands set.Key Description1䋯3䋯7䋯9Buttons corresponding to Left-up/Right up/ Left-down/Right-down arrows5the button corresponding square(foot-shape) markWhen the gauge vanishes, the game is over.Press the button right after the mark wraps over.
188i-appliFOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥(FOMACommunication Environment Check Application)This application confirms if the FOMA handset is ina FOMA High Speed Area.• Based on the results of FOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥(FOMA Communication Environment Check Application), it displays the maximum transmission speed in the area.• There is no packet communication charge to use FOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥 (FOMA Communication Environment Check Application).• When using FOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥 (FOMA Communication Environment Check Application), please consult the "Usage and Warning" section.• According to environmental and electrical conditions, the network could have different speeds even if one is in the same place.• Please do not use the Multitask functions while running FOMAⅣႺㅢା⏕⹺䉝䊒䊥 (FOMA Communication Environment Check Application).G䉧䉟 䊄 ⇟⚵⾮䊝䉮 䊮 (G-GUIDE ProgramList Remote Controller)This is a convenient application which combines aTV program list and a TV remote controller, and isfree of monthly usage charges.You can obtain TV program information for any timeslot, from anywhere and at anytime. You canacquire information on a program title, programdescription, start and end times and the G-code®for your local TV station.When you find a program of interest, you can sendmail, using the "Recommendation Mail" function,with the program title and broadcast schedule toyour friends. You can also control your TV remotely(some models cannot be controlled).• When using this application for the first time, you need to configure the settings and agree to the license agreement.• Separate packet communication charges apply.• For details, refer to the "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]".• For Infrared remote control, see "Using the Infrared Remote Control Function" (P213).䊂䉮 䊜 ⛗ᢥሼ䊘䉬 䉾 䊃 (Deco-mailpictograph pocket)This is an i-appli exclusively designed to quicklysearch and save Deco-mail pictographs that can beused as pictographs in i-mode mail.You can search for a Deco-mail pictographprovided by an information service provider from atheme such as "Category" or "Illustrationcharacters", and save it on the FOMA handsetquickly.Also, you can save multiple pictographs at once. Ifyou find a Deco-mail pictograph you like, you canview the site introduction then access the site.• The monthly information fee will not be charged for "Deco-mail pictograph pocket". To access a site provided by an information provider, i-mode information fee may be charged separately.• Separate packet communication charges apply.• For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]".Setting i-appli Operating ConditionsSet operating conditions for each software. You canset to make communications automatically whilesoftware is active or whether to allow the referenceto icon information, Phonebook or others.• Some items may not be changed depending on the software.aSoftware list screen(P185)XMovecursor to the programXM[Menu]X[Software set]XPerform the followingoperation[Network set]Set whether to make communications while software is active.X"Yes"/"No"/"Confirm every session"[Icon info]Set whether to permit the use of icon information for i-mode mail, Message R/F, in/out of service area, battery level, or Manner Mode when the software starts.X"On"/"Off"[View P.book/call records]Set whether to allow to reference the phonebook and reception history when software is started.X"Yes"/"No"[Change ring tone/image]Set whether to allow, when software is started, to automatically change an image and/or melody set for Ring tone or on the Stand-by displayX"Yes"/"No"/"Confirm every start" X"Yes"• The screen image only provides an example. They differ from actual ones. A program list that is applicable to your location is displayed.
189i-applii-appli To FunctionSave Mails from a Site orMailSets whether to activate software from a site, mail,infrared transmission or barcode reader.aSoftware list screen (P185)XMovecursor to softwareXM[Menu]X"Seti-appli to"XCheckmark to softwareallowed to activateSite i-appli to: Start the software from a site.Mail i-appli to: Start the software from a site.Ir i-appli to: Start the software from a site.Barcode i-appli to: Start the software from the barcode reader.bI[Done]Auto Start SetAutomatically Startingi-appli• Date and Time need to be set in advance in order to start an i-appli automatically.→P47Setting whether to AutomaticallyStartYou can set whether to start an i-appli automatically.aM[Menu]X"i-appli"X"i-applisettings"X"Auto start set"X"On"/"Off"Setting Start Date/TimeSet the date and time when the software startsautomatically. Up to 3 settings can be configured.aSoftware list screen(P185)XMovecursor to the softwareXM[Menu]X"Auto start time"XPerform thefollowing operation[Time interval set]Applications will be launched at set intervals.[Start time set]Enable when you want to set the when i-appli will automatically start. After setting this option, you can set the following items.[Time]<StepLineLead2Col>To set the date, use J to move the cursor to the place to change the date and enter the date with the dial keys (to set the date on the calendar screen, press C[Select] in the date entry field ). Operations on the Calendar screen → P234To set the time, use J to move the cursor to the position, enter the time with dial keys, and switch between "AM" and "PM" with C (entering C in the time entry field, the time settings screen on which you can enter a date with dial keys and H is displayed).• Depending on the settings in "Date & Time format" (P106), the display order or format for the date and time may differ.[Repeat]Select a repeating pattern for auto-start.bI[Done]Note• Depending on the settings, the software may not connect to the network in some conditions (Unread messages or battery level, etc.)<Network Set>• When this is set to "No", the software may not start, or real-time information may not be provided.• When this is set to "Yes", the software automatically connects to the network. While connected, packet communication charges apply.<Icon info>• When set to "Yes", information about the status of the handset as indicated by the presence of icons for unread mail, messages, battery level, Manner Mode, inside the service area, and outside the service area may be sent to Information Providers (IP) via the Internet in the same manner as "serial number of your mobile phone/UIM" is sent. The icon information may be intercepted by a third party. Software that needs Icon data may not function if this is set to "No".Default On1 timeDailyWeekly䋺Starts once automatically at the set date and time.䋺Starts automatically at the specified time every day.䋺Starts automatically at the specified time on the specified day of the week every week.XCheck off the day to auto-start every weekXI[Done]
190i-appliViewing VariousInformationaM[Menu]X[i-appli]X[i-appli info]XPerform the following operations[Security error history]Display a log of errors of software terminated due to a security error.•I[Delete] : Deletes the selected error history entry.X"Yes"[Auto start info]You can check whether software automatically started. You can view the information and the latest date and time when software started for up to 3 pieces of software set to start automatically.Start 䂾䋺 The software automatically started successfullyStart 㬍䋺 The software failed to start automaticallyStart : The software has not started because the set time has not arrived[Trace info]Display the trace information of the software.•I[Delete] : Deletes the trace information of the software.X"Yes"Deleting i-appliaSoftware list screen(P185)XMovecursor to softwareXM[Menu]X[Delete]XPerform the followingoperation1䋺You can delete the selected software.X"Yes"Select䋺Select and delete items.X Check off the software to be deleted XI[Delete] X "Yes"All 䋺Delete all software.XEnter the security codeX"Yes"Displaying i-appli Sitefrom i-appliYou can connect to a site and use FOMA functionswhile i-appli is active.• You have to download the related i-appli in advance.• For some i-appli, operations may be different or disabled.Using the Camera from an i-appli• When using the camera from i-appli, captured images will not be saved in the "My picture" in "Data box" but as part of the i-appli.aUsing the camera from an i-appliUsing Barcode Reader from ani-appli• The camera can be used from the i-appli to read a QR code and Japan Article Number code.• The read result can be used and saved by the software.aUse the i-appli to read a codeNote• The software will not automatically start when:- The FOMA handset power is turned off- A call or communication is in progress- Another function is running- "Lock all" is set (even at the security code entry screen)- "i-appli" in "Data access lock" is currently is "On" (even at the security code entry screen)- The Auto-start time is same as the scheduled time for software update, an alarm, schedule, or To Do alarm.- For i-appli downloaded using another UIM- For i-appli with "Network set" is set to "Confirm every session"- For i-appli whose interval to launch is set within 10 minutes• Software is not started at a automatic start time if other software is active at that time. Also, software may not start while other functions are running.• If auto starts fails, icon appears in the Stand-by display. Selecting the icon displays the Auto start info (P190). icon disappears after the Auto start info is viewed.Note• History or information which is not traced will not be shown.Note• When setting "Auto start time", a confirmation screen whether or not to delete the settings appears. Select "Yes" to delete.
191i-appliUsing Infrared Communicationfrom an i-appliaUse the i-appli and perform an infraredcommunicationNote• You may not be able to exchange data with some devices even if they have the infrared capability.• According to the infrared transmission, the i-appli may receive activation data, and the i-appli may start.• When the infrared communication is executed and the handset tries to connects to the site and receives mail, the site connection/mail reception will be cancelled.
193Data Display/Edit/ManagementData Box............................................................................................................................. 194Making Full Use of Still ImagesDisplaying Images..................................................................................... Picture viewer 194Viewing Flash Movies ....................................................................................................... 197Editing Still Images ................................................................................Edit Still Images 198Creating Animations ........................................................................................Animation 200Making Full Use of VideosPlaying Videos/i-motion Movies ..................................................Video/i-motion Player 201Editing Videos/i-motion Movies ....................................... Edit Videos/i-motion Movies 203Making Full Use of MelodiesPlaying Melodies ....................................................................................... Melody player 204Making Full Use of a Memory CardmicroSD Memory Cards ................................................................................................... 206Inserting/Removing a microSD Memory Card ................................................................ 206Using a microSD Memory Card ....................................................................................... 207Copying/Overwriting Personal Information between the FOMA Handset anda microSD Memory Card ....................................................................................................208Updating the Data on the microSD Memory Card.......................................................... 209Checking the Space on the microSD Memory Card ...................................................... 209Folder Structure on the microSD Memory Card............................................................. 210Reading/Writing Data on a micro SD Memory Card with the FOMA Handset ............. 210Exchanging Data via Infrared CommunicationUsing Infrared Communication................................................................................. IrDa 211Exchanging Data One Piece at a Time ............................... Send Ir DA/Receive Ir Data 212Receiving or Sending All Data ..............................Send All via Ir DA/Receive All Ir DA 212Using the Infrared Remote Control Function ................................................................. 213
194Data Display/Edit/ManagementData BoxThe Data box contains the items and folders shownin the following table. Data obtained from sites ori-mode mail are saved in folders according to theirrespective types.• Up to 20 folders can be added to My picture, Music, i-motion, or Melody. Up to 10 folders can be added to the Music channel.• Files saved in My picture, Music, i-motion, or Melody can be moved to other folders within the category. Files saved in the Music channel can be moved from the "Distributed program" folder to another folder within the category, or can be moved between folders other than "Distributed program".Picture viewerDisplaying ImagesYou can display still images you have captured, orobtained from sites or i-mode mail.䂓Available File Formats䋪䋺 Even if a file is in a compatible file format, it may not be displayed depending on the file.My Pictures : Still images, etc.i-mode Still images, etc. obtained from sites or mailCamera Still images captured by the CameraDeco-mail Pictures Pictures for Deco-mail provided by defaultDeco-mail pictogramDeco-mail pictograms that are pre-installed by default or downloaded via web sites or mailsPreinstalled Still images provided by defaultData transfer Still images, etc. obtained via infrared communicationItem Still images that can be used for frames or stampsAnimation User defined animations, etc.micro SDStill images saved on the microSD memory cardCamera imageStill images captured by the CameraOther images Still images, etc.Deco-mail pictogramPictograms for Deco-mail copied from the FOMA handsetMusic : Playlists created with music data and themusic playeri-mode Data obtained from the sitePlaylist Playlists created with the music playermicro SD Transferable contentsMusic data saved on the microSD memory cardMusic channelDistributed Program Music programs distributed through Music channelsi-motion : Videos and i-motion movies, etc.i-mode Videos/i-motion movies obtained from sites or mailCamera Videos captured by the Video CameraPreinstalled Videos provided by defaultData transfer Videos, etc. obtained via infrared communicationi-motion : Videos and i-motion movies, etc.micro SDVideos or i-motion movies saved on the microSD memory cardTransferablecontentsCopyright protected videos or i-motion movies moved from the FOMA handsetAudio Audio only i-motion moviesVideos Videos captured by the Video CameraMelody : Melodies, etc.i-mode Melodies, etc. obtained from sites or mailPreinstalled Melodies provided by defaultData transfer Melodies, etc. obtained via infrared communicationmicro SD Melody Melodies saved on the microSD memory cardSD-audio : SD-Audio compatible music saved onthe microSD memory card and Playlists createdwith the SD-Audio PlayerFile Format䋪JPEG, GIFPixels JPEG: Up to 1200 x 1600 pixelsProgressive JPEG, GIF: Up to 800x600 pixelsFile Size Up to 2MBFile Extension jpg, gif
195Data Display/Edit/ManagementaM[Menu]X(Databox)X"My picture".bMove the cursor to afolder XC[Open]•I[Switch] : Switch between list and picture display.aDisplay name of the selected filebThe type of the selected file䂓Icons displayed on the still image file list screencMove the cursor to a file XC[View]aSequential number/number of saved filesDisplay the sequential number of the current file and the total number of saved files in the folder.bDisplay name of the file䂓Key operations on the still image display screenDescriptions of Display name, File Name, and TitleStill images, Flash movies, videos/i-motion movies, and melodies saved in the FOMA handset have more than one name.䋪䋺 Still images and Flash movie files do not have titles.Sub Menu on the My Pictures ScreenaMy Pictures screen (P195)XMove thecursor to a folderXM[Menzu]XPerform the following operations[Rename]Change the name of the selected folder. Up to 30 full-pitch or half-pitch characters can be entered.XEdit the folder name[New folder]Create a folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.[Delete]Delete the selected folder.X"Yes"[List view/Grid view]Switch how to display folders.[Sort by]Sort folders by setting a condition.X"Name"/"Date"/"Size"/"Source"[Memory info.][Folder property]Display the name of the selected folder and the number of files in the folder.Icon Description䋨㶎䋩Display the list screen of the next higher folderRestricted files䋯File type (JPEG/GIF)Key DescriptionJDisplay the previous/next fileC[Full] Display a full image, hiding the Soft keys/return to the original display sizeI[Mail] Send the displayed image by mail →P161My PicturesScreenStill image filelist screenbaStill imagedisplay screenabNote• An i-mode mail with the selected image attached can be created by pressing I[Mail]on the still image list screen.• Some images not captured with FOMA L705i may not be displayed on the Still image file list screen.Displayname 䊂䊷䉺 BOXౝ䈱৻ⷩ↹㕙䉇⴫␜䋯ౣ↢↹㕙䈪⴫␜䈘 䉏䉎 ฬ⒓File Name Names appear on a PC or other handsetsTitle* Names for management of the FOMA L705i (they cannot be edited)HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Display the status of storage space in the "Data box".䋺Display the status of storage space on the microSD memory card.Continue on the next page
196Data Display/Edit/ManagementSub Menu on the Still Image File ListScreenaStillimage file screen(P195)XMovethecursor to a fileXM[Menu]XPerformthe following operations[Files][Multiple choice]Select and delete files.XPlace a check mark next to a file to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• You can move/copy multiple files by performing the following steps:XPlace check marks next to files to move/copyXM[Menu]X"Move"/"Copy"XSelect thedestination folder*XI[Copy]/[Move]• You can also select "Delete", "Mark", "Mark all", "Unmark", or "Unmark all" by pressing M[Menu].[File property]Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the selected file.→P197[Send via]䋪[Set as]Set the selected file as the Stand-by display or Call display[List view (Grid view)]Switch how to display folders.[Sort by]Sort files by setting a condition.<Confirming specification>X"Display name"/"Date"/"Size"/"Source"[Memory info.][New folder]Create a folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.䋪䋺 Not available for Flash files.Sub Menu on the Still Image Display ScreenaStill image display screen (P195)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Edit image]䋪Edit the displayed file.→P198[Delete 1 item]Delete the displayed file.X"Yes"[Edit title]Edit the name of the displayed file.XEdit a file name[File property]Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the displayed file.→P197[Send via]䋪[Full screen]Display the entire image, hiding Soft keys, etc.•/CQ: Restore the full image to the original display.•J: Display the next/previous image.[Zoom]Display an enlarged image.•M[+] : Enlarge the image•I[-] : Restore the previous zoom ratio•K: Move the display position• The entire image and the displayed area appear at the lower right of the screen.ViewEditMoveCopyDeleteDeleteallRename䋺Display the selected file.䋺Edit the selected file.→P198䋺Move the selected file to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Move]䋺Copy the selected file to another folder. XSelect a destination folderXI[Copy]䋺Delete the selected file.X"Yes"䋺Delete all files in the folder.X"Yes"XEnter the security code䋺Change the display name of the selected file.XEdit a display nameMailIrDA䋺Create i-mode mail with the selected file attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).䋺Send a file using Infrared communication.Stand-by DisplayVoice call displayVideo call displayWake-up display䋺Set as the Stand-by display.䋺Set as a Voice call display.䋺Set as a Video call display.䋺Set as the Wake-up display.HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Display the status of storage space in the "Data box".䋺Display the status of storage space on the microSD memory card.MailIrDA䋺Create i-mode mail with the selected file attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).䋺Send a file using Infrared communication.
197Data Display/Edit/Management[Set as]Set the displayed file as the Stand-by display or Call display.[View settings]Set the display method of an image, a zoom ratio, or interval between animation frames.→P197䋪䋺 Not available for Flash files.Viewing Flash MoviesYou can view Flash moves downloaded from a site,etc.䂓Available File Formats䋪䋺 Even a file in a compatible file format may not play depending on the file.aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Mypicture"bMove the cursor to a folderXC[Open]cMove the cursor to a file XC[View]aSequential number/number of saved filesDisplay the sequential number of the current file and the total number of saved files in the folder.bDisplay name of the file䂓Key operations on the Flash movie playbackscreenSub Menu on the Flash Playback ScreenaFlash playback screen (P197)XM[Menu]• The sub menu on the Flash playback screen is the same as the "Sub Menu on the Still Image Display Screen" (P196). However, "Edit image" and "Send via" are not available.Viewing Image InformationaStill image list screen (P195)/Still imagedisplay screen (P195)/Flash playbackscreen (P197)XM[Menu]X"Fileproperty"•I[Edit] : Edit properties.䂓Information displayed on the File property screen䋪䋺 Not displayed for a Flash file.Setting the View of a Still ImageSet the display method of an image, a zoom ratio, orinterval between animation frames.aStill image display screen (P195)/Flashplayback screen (P197)/Animation listscreen (P200)XM[Menu]X"Viewsettings"XPerform the followingoperations[View type][Zoom type][Animation interval]Set the interval between animation frames.X"Slow"/"Medium"/"Fast"bI[Done]Stand-by DisplayVoice call displayVideo call displayWake-up display䋺Set as the Stand-by display.䋺Set as a Voice call display.䋺Set as a Video call display.䋺Set as the Wake-up display.File Format䋪FlashPixels 240㬍320䊄䉾䊃 એਅFile Size Up to 100KBFile Extension swfKey DescriptionC[Full] Display a full image, hiding the Soft keys/return to the original display sizeI[Retry] Play a Flash movie from the beginningJPlay the previous/next fileF/EH Increase/decrease the volumeFlash MoviePlaybackScreenabItem DescriptionFile Name Display the file nameFile Size Display the file sizeFile Type䋪Display the file formatDate & Time (Saved) Display the saved date and timeDisplay size䋪Display the resolutionFile Restriction Display whether the file is restrictedSource Display the sourceMove to microSD Indicates whether the file can bemoved to a microSD memory cardDefault View type: NormalZoom type: NormalAnimation interval: MediumNormalFit to screen䋺Display the image in its original size.䋺Display the image enlarged to fit the screen.NormalSamemagnification䋺Zoom in on an image enlarged to fit the screen.䋺Zoom in on an image displayed in its original size.Continue on the next page
198Data Display/Edit/ManagementRestricting FilesYou can restrict files. A restricted file attached tomail cannot be sent or forwarded from the recipientFOMA handset.aSelect a file to restrictXM[Menu]X"File property"The File property screen opens.bMove the cursor to the "File restriction"fieldXI[Edit]X"File restricted"Edit Still ImagesEditing Still ImagesYou can edit still images. The edited still image issaved in the same folder as the source file.• Only JPEG files can be edited. However, some files may not be edited.• Editing a still image repeatedly may reduce the image quality or increase the file size.aStill image display screen (P195)XM[Menu]X"Edit image"bM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Save]Save the edited still image. Go to Step 5.[Rotate][Mirror][Resize]You can change the image size.→P199[Crop]You can cut out a part of an image.→P199[Insert]You can add a frame, stamp, or text.[Retouch]You can change the brightness, contrast or color tone of an image.[Effect]Set special effects for an image.[Send via mail]Create i-mode mail with the edited image attached.[Undo]Cancel the performed operation and restore the previous state.cC[OK]䂓To cancel editingPress I[Cancel].dC[Save]䂓To restore to the previous statePress I[Undo].e"New file"䂓To overwrite the original fileSelect "Original file".Note• This option cannot be changed for a file, etc. downloaded from a site.LeftRight180䋺Rotate the image 90 degrees counterclockwise.䋺Rotate the image 90 degrees clockwise.䋺Rotate the image 180 degrees.Left/RightUp/Down䋺Flip the image horizontally.䋺Flip the image vertically.Still Image EditScreenFrame 䋺Add a frame to an image.Select a folder X Select a frame• After selecting a frame, you can select "Change frame" or "Rotate" by pressing M[Menu].StampText 䋺Add a stamp to an image.→P199䋺You can add text to an image.→P199BrightnessContrastColorchangeSharpnessSoftness䋺Set the brightness of an image. X Press J to adjust the brightness䋺Set the contrast of the image. X Press J to adjust the contrast䋺Set the color tone of the image. X Press K to adjust each RGB value䋺Sharpen the image. X Press J to adjust the sharpness䋺Soften the image. X Press J to adjust the softnessSepiaBlack & WhiteNegativeMosaic䋺Change the image into sepia tone.䋺Change the image into black and white.䋺Change the image into negative.䋺Select an area and apply mosaic.XKSelect start pointXKSelect end point • Press M[Menu] to Change the shape of the area into "Rectangle" or "Circle".Note<Frame>• Frames are in four sizes: CIF (352x288), QVGA(240x320), QCIF (176x144), and Sub QCIF(128x96).•You can only select a frame of the same size as the source image.
199Data Display/Edit/ManagementChanging the Image SizeaStill image edit screen (P198)XM[Menu]X"Resize"bSelect an image sizecC[OK]XSave the still image• Go to Step 4 (P198) in "Editing Still Images".Cropping an ImageaStill image edit screen (P198)XM[Menu]X"Crop"bSelecta croppingsizeXUseKto movethe frame to the area to becroppedXC[Select]䂓When "User define" is selectedUse Kto select a starting pointX, Use K to select an ending point to specify the cropping area.cC[OK]XSave the still image• Go to Step 4 (P198) in "Editing Still Images".Adding a StampaStill image edit screen (P198)XM[Menu]X"Insert"X"Stamp"bSelect a stampXUse Kto specify thelocation䂓To add a different stampM[Menu]X"Change stamp"XSelect a stampX UseK to specify the location.䂓To rotate the stampM[Menu]XSelect from "Rotate"X"Left"/"Right" and"180".cI[Done]XSave the still image• Go to Step 4 (P198) in "Editing Still Images".Pasting CharactersYou can add text to an image. You can also changethe font color or size, rotate the text, or pastespeech bubbles.aStill image edit screen (P198)XM[Menu]X"Insert"X"Text"bEnter the text to pastecM[Menu]XModify text[Edit text]Change the pasted text.XEdit the text[Font size]Specify the font size.X"Large"/"Medium"/"Small"[Font color]Change the pasted text color.XSelect a color[Rotate]Rotate the text.X"Left"/"Right"/"180"[Comic]Add a speech bubble.XSelect a speech bubbledUse Kto specify the locationeI[Done]XSave the still image• Go to Step 4 (P198) in "Editing Still Images".<Retouch>• A source image larger than 640 x 480 dots cannot be retouched.<Effect>• An effect cannot be added to a source image larger than 640 x 480 dots or with either side smaller than 8 dots.Note• An image cannot be resized when the vertical or horizontal size of the source image is smaller than 8 pixels.• If a size with different proportions than the source is selected, the original proportions will be retained for the resized image.Note• An image cannot be cropped when the vertical or horizontal size of the source image is smaller than 8 pixels.Note• A Stamp cannot be added to a source image larger than 640 x 480 pixels or with either side smaller than 24 pixels.• Preinstalled Stamps →P292Note• Text cannot be added an image when the vertical or horizontal size of the source image is smaller than 24 pixels or when the source image size is larger than 640x480.Continue on the next page
200Data Display/Edit/ManagementAnimationCreating AnimationsYou can create an animation with up to 20 framesusing saved still images.• Up to 30 animations can be created.aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Mypicture"X"Animation"bI[New]XEntera display name ofthefilecC[Add]XMove the cursor to a folderXC[Open]XSelect an imageSelecting an image displays the registered image file name.䂓To delete an added imageMove the cursor to an image to delete and PressM[Delete].dRepeat Step 3 to save images XI[Done]Viewing AnimationaAnimation list screen(P200)XMove thecursor to an animationXC[View]䂓Key operations while viewing animationImage File Selection Screen Sub MenuYou can perform the following operations from theselection screen to save images:•I[View]䋺The selected image is displayed.aFrom a screen where an image isselected (P200)XM[Menu] Xperform the following operations:䌛Select䌝Add the selected image file to the animation.䌛View䌝Display the selected file.䌛File property䌝Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the selected file.→P197䌛List view/Grid view䌝Switch the display format of files.䌛Sort䌝Sort files by specifying a condition.X"Display name"/"Date"/"Size"/"Source"䌛Memory info.䌝Sub Menu on the Animation List ScreenaAnimation list screen (P200)XMove thecursor to an animationXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Add images]Add images to the selected animation.[Delete 1 item]Delete the selected animation.X"Yes"[Edit title]Edit the title of the selected animation. Up to 30 full-pitch or half-pitch characters can be entered.XModify the title[Set as stand-by]Set the selected animation as the Stand-by display.[View settings]Set the display method of an image, a zoom ratio, or interval between animation frames.→P197Key DescriptionJPlay the previous/next animationC[Full] Display a fit-to-screen animation, hiding the Soft keys/return to the original display sizeAnimation ListScreenAnimation display screenHandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Display the status of storage space of the "Data box".䋺Display the status of storage space of the microSD memory card.
201Data Display/Edit/ManagementVideo/i-motion PlayerPlaying Videos/i-motionMoviesYou can play video clips you have captured, ori-motion movies obtained from sites or i-mode mail.䂓Available File Formats䋪䋺 Even a file in a compatible file format may not play depending on the file.aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"i-motion"• Go to Step 3 to operate a file displayed on the i-motion movie screen.bMove the cursor to afolder XC[Open]• For icons displayed on the screen, see Step 2 in "Displaying Images" (P195).cMove the cursor to a file XC[Play]•I[Mail] : The Compose message screen with the selected file attached appears.aPlayback progressbarShows the playback elapsed time.bDisplay name of the filecVolumedControl KeyIndicates available navigation keys.ePlayback elapsed time/Maximum playbacktime䂓Key operations on the i-motion playback screenWhen the ticker has highlighted text <Confirming specs>After i-motion playback ends, a confirmation screen opens asking whether to use Phone To/AV Phone To/Web To/Mail To. Press M [Yes].• If you wish to use one of these functions during i-motion playback, press C/U/FXC.Sub Menu on the i-motion Screenai-motionscreen(P201)XMovethecursorto a folderXM[Menu]•The sub menu of the i-motion screen is the same as the "sub menu on the My Pictures Screen" (P195).Sub Menu on the i-motion File List Screenai-motion file list screen (P201)XMovethe cursor to afileXM[Menu]XPerform the following operationsFile Format䋪MP4 (Mobile MP4)EncodingMethod MP4 file䇭 Graphics: MPEG-4 and H.263䇭 Audio: AMR and AACFile Extension mp4 and 3gpi-motion MovieScreeni-motionFile list screenKey DescriptionCPause/PlayJPlay the previous/next fileL(Hold down) While being pressed, rewinds the movie/sound R(Hold down) While being pressed, fast forwards the movie/soundF/EH Adjust the volumei-motion MoviePlayback ScreenbeadcContinue on the next page
202Data Display/Edit/Management[Files][Multiple choice]Select and delete files.XSelect files to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• You can move/copy multiple files by performing the following steps:XPlace check marks next to files to move/copyXM[Menu]X"Move""/"Copy"XSelect thedestination folder*XI[Copy]/[Move]䋪䋺 Select the destination from "Handset memory" (FOMA handset) and "Movablecontents" (microSD memory card). You can view another folder by pressing C[Open].• You can also select "Delete", "Mark", "Mark all", "Unmark", or "Unmark all" by pressing M[Menu].[File property]Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the selected file.→P203[Send via][Set as ringtone]Set the selected file as a ring tone, etc.[Set as display]Set the selected file as the Stand-by display or Call display[List view (Grid view)]Switch how to display files.[Sort by]Sort folders by setting a condition.X"Display name"/"Date"/"Size"/"Source"[Memory info.][New folder]Create a folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.Sub Menu on the i-motion Playback Screenai-motion playback screen (P201)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Play]Play an i-motion movie.[Send via mail]Create i-mode mail with the selected file attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).[Set as ringtone]Set the file in playback as a ring tone.PlayMoveCopyDeleteDelete allRenameResetname䋺Play the selected file.䋺Move the selected file to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Move]䋺Copy the selected file to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Copy]䋺Delete the selected file.X"Yes"䋺Delete all files in the folder.XEnter the security code X"Yes"䋺Change the display name of the selected file.XEdit a display name of the file䋺Restore the default title of the file from the selected file name.MailIrDA䋺Create i-mode mail with the selected file attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).䋺Send a file using Infrared communication.Voice ring toneVideo ring toneMail toneMessage R toneMessage F toneSMS toneAlarm tone䋺Set as a ring tone for a voice call.䋺Set as a ring tone for a video call.䋺Set as a ring tone for mail.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message R.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message F.䋺Set as a ring tone for SMS.䋺Set as an alarm tone.Stand-by displayVoice call displayVideo call displayWake-up display䋺Set as the Stand-by display.䋺Set as a Voice call display.䋺Set as a Video call display.䋺Set as the Wake-up display.HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Display the status of storage space in the "Data box".䋺Display the status of storage space on the microSD memory card.Voice ring toneVideo ring toneMail toneMessage R toneMessage F toneSMS toneAlarm tone䋺Set as a ring tone for a voice call.䋺Set as a ring tone for a video call.䋺Set as a ring tone for mail.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message R.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message F.䋺Set as a ring tone for SMS.䋺Set as an alarm tone.
203Data Display/Edit/Management[Set as display]Set the selected file as the Stand-by display or Call display[Expand]Display a fit-to-screen video/i-motion movie, hiding Soft keys, etc.• Press Q to restore its original display size.[Mute (Unmute)]Mute or unmute the sound.[Edit]Edit the video/i-motion in playback.→P203[File property]Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the file in playback.→P203Viewing Video/i-motion MovieInformationai-motion file list screen (P201)/i-motionplayback screen (P201)XM[Menu]X"File property"•I[Edit] : Edit properties.䂓Information displayed on the File detail screenEdit Videos/i-motion MoviesEditing Videos/i-motionMoviesYou can edit videos/i-motion movies. The editedvideo/i-motion movie is saved in the same folder asthe source file.• The preinstalled files cannot be edited.• Some files may not be edited.• The Ticker displayed on i-motion movies cannot be edited.Extracting a Frame of a Video as aStill ImageYou can extract a still image from a video/i-motionmovie.The extracted image is saved in the "Camera" folderin "My picture" in the Data box.ai-motion playback screen (P201)XDisplay the image to be extracted as astill image• Operations during i-motion playback →P201bM[Menu]X"Edit"X"Capture"Extracting a VideoYou can extract a part of a video/i-motion movie.ai-motion playback screen (P201)XM[Menu]X"Edit"X"Clipping"XPerformthe following operations[500KB]Extract the video beyond the selected starting point to 500KB or smaller and save it.XPressCto play a video/i-motion movieXAt thestarting point to clipM[Start]Stand-by DisplayVoice call displayVideo call displayWake-up display䋺Set as the Stand-by display.䋺Set as a Voice call display.䋺Set as a Video call display.䋺Set as the Wake-up display.Note• While the sub menu is accessed, a video/i-motion movie playback is paused.<Set as tone/Set as display>• The following videos/i-motion movies cannot be set as a Chaku-motion or Call display:- Files that were sent to a PC or another FOMA handset via Infrared communication or Data Link Software and sent back to the FOMA handset.- The videos/i-motion movies that were copied or moved from the microSD memory card to the FOMA handset, including those copied or moved from the handset to the microSD memory card and copied or moved back to the handset. (except i-motion movies that support contents migration.)Item DescriptionFile Name Display the file nameFile Size Display the file sizeFile Type Display the file formatDate & Time (Saved) Display the saved date and timePlaying time Display the file playback durationDisplay size Display the resolutionAudio Display the sound formatFile Restriction Display whether the file is restricted→P198Item DescriptionReplays/Expiration date/File periodDisplay information of replays/expiration date/file periodSet as tone Display whether the file can be set as a ring toneCall display Display whether the file can be set as the Stand-by display or Call displayTitle Display the default title of the fileCreator Display creator informationCopyright Display copyright informationDescription Display the file descriptionSource Display the sourceMove to microSD Indicates whether the file can be moved to a microSD memory cardContinue on the next page
204Data Display/Edit/Management[2MB]Extract the video beyond the selected start point to 2MB or smaller and save it.XPressCto play a video/i-motion movieXAt thestarting point to clipM[Start][Bound]Crop and save the video from the selected starting point to the ending point.XPress Cto play a video/i-motionXAt the startpoint to clipM[Start]XAt the end point toclipM[Done]Melody playerPlaying MelodiesYou can play pre-installed melodies or melodiesdownloaded from sites.䂓Available File Formats䋪䋺 Even a file in a compatible file format may not play depending on the file.aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Melody"bMove the cursor to afolder XC[Open]• For icons displayed on the screen, see Step 2 in "Displaying Images"cMove the cursor to a file XC[Play]•I[Mail] : The Compose message screen with the selected file attached appears.aPlayback progress barShows the playback elapsed time.bDisplay name of the filecVolumedControl KeyIndicates available navigation keys.ePlayback elapsed time/Maximum playbacktime䂓Key operations on the Melody playback screenSub Menu on the Melody ScreenaMelody screen (P204)XMove thecursor to a folderXM[Menu]• The sub menu of the Melody screen is the same as "Sub Menu on the My Pictures Screen" (P195).Sub Menu on the Melody File List ScreenaMelody file list screen (P204)XMovethe cursor to a fileXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Files][Multiple choice]Select and delete files.XPlace a check mark next to a file to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• You can move/copy multiple files by performing the following steps:XPlace check marks next to files to move/copyXM[Menu]X"Move"/"Copy"XSelect thedestination folder*XI[Copy]/[Move]*䋺Select the destination from "Handset memory" (FOMA handset) and "Movablecontents" (microSD memory card). You can view another folder by pressing C[Open].• You can also select "Delete", "Mark", "Mark all", "Unmark", or "Unmark all" by pressing M[Menu].File Format䋪SMF and MFiFile Extension mid and mldMelody ScreenMelodyFile ListScreenMelodyPlaybackScreenbeadcKey DescriptionCPause/PlayJPlay the previous/next fileF/EH Adjust the volumePlayMoveCopyDeleteDelete allRenameResetname䋺Play the selected file.䋺Move the selected file to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Move]䋺Copy the selected file to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Copy]䋺Delete the selected file.X"Yes"䋺Delete all files in the folder.XEnter the security codeX"Yes"䋺Change the display name of the selected file.XEdit a display name of the file䋺Play the selected file.
205Data Display/Edit/Management[File property]Display the name, size and type, etc. of the selected melody.→P205[Send via][Set as]Set the selected melody as a ring tone, etc.[Sort by]Sort files by setting a condition.X"Display name"/"Date"/"Size"/"Source"[Memory info.][New folder]Create a folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.Sub Menu on the Melody Playback ScreenaMelody playback screen (P204)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Send via mail]Create i-mode mail with the melody in playback attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).[Set as]Set the melody in playback as a ring tone.[Mute (Unmute)]Mute or unmute the sound.[File property]Display the file name, size and type, etc. of the melody in playback.→P205Viewing Melody InformationaMelody file list screen (P204)/Melodyplayback screen (P204)XM[Menu]X"File property"•I[Edit] : Edit properties.䂓Information displayed on the File detail screenMailIrDA䋺Create i-mode mail with the selected melody attached. Go to Step 2 in "Creating and Sending i-mode Mail" (P161).䋺Send a file using Infrared communication.Voice ring toneVideo ring toneMail toneMessage R toneMessage F toneSMS toneAlarm tone䋺Set as a ring tone for a voice call.䋺Set as a ring tone for a video call.䋺Set as a ring tone for mail.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message R.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message F.䋺Set as a ring tone for SMS.䋺Set as an alarm tone.HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Display the status of storage space in the "Data box".䋺Display the status of storage space on the microSD memory card.Voice ring toneVideo ring toneMail toneMessage R toneMessage F toneSMS toneAlarm tone䋺Set as a ring tone for a voice call.䋺Set as a ring tone for a video call.䋺Set as a ring tone for mail.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message R.䋺Set as a ring tone for Message F.䋺Set as a ring tone for SMS.䋺Set as an alarm tone.Note• While the sub menu is accessed, the melody playback is paused.Item DescriptionFile Name Display the file nameFile Size Display the file sizeFile Type Display the file formatDate & Time (Saved) Display the saved date and timePlaying time Display the file playback durationFile Restriction Display whether the file is restricted→P198Set as tone Display whether the file can be set as a ring toneTitle Display the default title of the fileSource Display the sourceMove to microSD Indicates whether the file can be moved to a microSD memory card
206Data Display/Edit/ManagementmicroSD Memory CardsYou can save data on the FOMA handset such asPhonebook entries, Mail messages, or Bookmarksto a microSD memory card, or can read data on amicroSD memory card to the FOMA handset. Also,you can browse data on a microSD memory cardfrom the FOMA handset.• FOMA L705i supports commercially available microSD memory cards up to 2 GB (as of 䃂 2007). For the latest verified information on operations of microSD memory cards, including manufacturers and size of cards, visit the following site. A microSD memory card not listed at the site may not function.- From i-mode "iMenu"X"䊜 䊆䊠 䊷䋯ᬌ⚝ (Menu/Search)"X"䉬䊷䉺 䉟㔚⹤䊜 䊷䉦䊷 (Mobile Phone Manufacturers)"X"WOW LG"- From a PC http://www.jp.lgmobile.com/Note that the information on the site shows results of compatibility checks. However, the results of the checks are not guaranteed.• You can purchase microSD memory cards and microSD memory card adapters from electric appliance stores, etc.Cautions on Using microSD Memory Cards• microSD memory cards formatted by another device such as a PC may not be usable on the FOMA handset. Use microSD memory cards formatted by the FOMA L705i handset.→P207• microSD memory cards may lose data or deform due to an accident or failure of the handset. It is recommended that you make a copy of important data and keep it in a separate place. DoCoMo is not responsible for loss or alteration of data.• It may take a while to communicate depending on the amount of data to transfer. Also, the data may not be copied.• Do not turn the handset power off while data is being read or written.• Do not unplug the FOMA USB cable (optional) while data is being read or written, or a microSD is being formatted. Unplugging the cable may result in data loss.• Never remove the microSD memory card while the card is being accessed such as when data from the card is being displayed or the storage capacity of the card is being checked.• Do not attach labels or stickers on microSD memory cards. Even the thickness of labels may cause contact failure or data corruption.• Do not touch the contacts with your hand or metal objects.• Do not apply strong force, do not bend or drop, and do not let the card become wet.• Do not leave a removed microSD memory card within the reach of small infants. .Accidental swallowing or injury may result.• When inserting/removing the microSD memory card, do not place your face close to the card because the card may suddenly eject when you release your fingers. Also, do not let small children handle the card. Injury may result.• Do not use or store the card in the following places:- In extremely high temperatures such as inside a very hot car or under scorching heat- In direct sunlight- In an environment with high humidity or corrosive substances- In a place where it can be affected by static electricity or electrical noiseInserting/Removing amicroSD Memory Card• Turn the FOMA handset power off before inserting/removing the microSD memory card.InsertingaOpen the microSD memory card slotcover (a) and carefully insert the cardwith the marked side up in the directionof the arrow buntil the card clicks intoplacebClose the microSD memory card slotcover (c)RemovingaOpen the microSD memory card slotcover (c) and lightly push the card inthe direction of the arrow bThe microSD memory card ejects a little.QR Code toAccess a SiteNote• Insert the microSD memory card correctly. If the card is not inserted correctly, the card cannot be used.
207Data Display/Edit/ManagementbPull the microSD memory card straightout in the direction of the arrow candclose the slot cover (d)Using a microSDMemory CardYou can move or copy files saved in the Data boxon the FOMA handset, such as still images, videoclips or i-motion movies, to the microSD memorycard, and you can view files saved from a PC to themicroSD memory card on the FOMA handset.Formatting a microSD MemoryCardFormat (initialize) a microSD memory card so that itcan be used for the FOMA handset.aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"microSDcard"X"Reset microSD card"A warning indicating all data will be deleted appears. Select whether you want to continue to format.b"Yes" XEnter the security codeViewing/Playing Files on themicroSD Memory CardYou can view/play files on the memory card in thesame way as ones on the FOMA handset using the"Data box".aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Mypicture"/"i-motion"/"Melody"X"microSD"• "Displaying Images" →P194• "Playing Videos/i-motion Movies" →P201• "Playing Melodies" →P204Copying/Moving Files between theFOMA Handset and a Memory CardYou can copy or move files between the FOMAhandset and a microSD memory card by copying ormoving files between the "micro SD" folder in Databox and another folder.Example: To move a still image saved on the FOMAhandset to a microSD memory cardaM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Mypicture"bMove the cursor to a folder XC[Open]• Select a folder other than "micro SD" folder.cMove the cursor to a fileXM[Menu]X"Files"X"Move"dMove the cursor onto the target folderXC[Open] XI[Move]Note• Do not use excessive force to pull out the microSD memory card.Note• In order to use a microSD memory card with this FOMA handset, use this handset to format the card.• Formatting a microSD memory card deletes all saved files on the card. Do not lose important data by mistake.• Voice/video calls cannot be received while formatting.Note• Some files may not be viewed/played.• The sub menu on the folder/file list screen for a microSD memory card is the same as one for the FOMA handset. However, "Sort by", "Set as", and transfer via infrared communication are not available.Note• Some files may not be copied/moved.• Flash saved on the FOMA handset cannot be copied/moved to a microSD memory card.• You can move transferable copyright protected i-motion movies or songs saved in the FOMA handset to a "Movablecontents" folder in each "microSD" folder.Continue on the next page
208Data Display/Edit/ManagementCopying/Overwriting PersonalInformation between the FOMAHandset and a microSD Memory CardYou can copy or overwrite personal informationbetween the FOMA handset and a microSD memorycard.Personal information includes the following:- Phonebook- Schedule-Memos-To Do- Received mail-Sent mail- Unsent mail- BookmarksCopying Personal Information from theFOMA Handset to a microSD MemoryCardYou can copy personal information saved on theFOMA handset to a microSD memory card.Copying Data One Piece at a TimeExample: Copying a Phonebook entryaUXSelect a Phonebook entry to copyXM[Menu]X"Copy"X"to microSD"Selecting a Data Type to Make aBackup(Backup)aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"microSDcard"X"PIM"bI[Backup]XSelect a data type tocopycEnter the security codeX"Yes"䂓For PhonebookA message appears to confirm whether to copy "Own number" data.X"Yes"/"No"Copying Personal Information from amicroSD Memory Card to the FOMAHandsetYou can copy personal information saved on amicroSD memory card to the FOMA handset.Copying Data One Piece at a TimeaM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"microSDcard"X"PIM"bSelect a data typeData saved on the microSD memory card is displayed.䂓Icons displayed on the PIM data list screencMove the cursor to data XM[Menu]•C[Select] : Display details about data.d"Copy to phone"X"Yes"䂓For backup data"Copy to phone"XEnter the security codeXSelect "Yes".Sub Menu on the Personal Data List ScreenaPersonal data list screen (P208)XMovethe cursor to dataXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Rename]䋪Change the name of the selected piece of data.XEdit the name of the data[Copy to microSD card]Copy (backup) all data of the displayed data type in a batch from the FOMA handset to a microSD memory card.XEnter the security codeX"Yes"• When copying a phonebook, a message appears to confirm whether to copy "Own number" data.XSelect "Yes" or "No"Icon Description䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯Phonebook/Schedule/Memo/To Do/Received mail/Sent mail/Unsent mail/Bookmark䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯䋯Backup data (multiple pieces of data)Phonebook/Schedule/Memo/To Do/Received mail/Sent mail/Unsent mail/BookmarkNote• In step 3, select backup dataXmove the cursor to dataXMpress [Menu] to be able to select "Copy to phone" or "Overwrite to phone".If you select "Copy to phone", you can further select "Selected data" or Send all".Personal DataList Screen(Example:Phonebook)
209Data Display/Edit/Management[Copy to phone]䋪Copy the selected data to the FOMA handset.X"Yes"• To make a backup, "Copy to phone"XEnter the security codeXSelect "Yes".[Overwrite to phone]䋪Overwrite the data on the FOMA handset with the selected data.→P209[Multiple choice]䋪Select and delete data.XPlace a check mark next to data to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• Press M[Menu] to select "Mark/Unmark", "Delete", "Copy to phone", "Mark all", or "Unmark all" from "Select"/"Release sel".[Delete]䋪Delete the selected data.X"Yes"[Memory Info]Display the status of storage space on the microSD memory card.䋪䋺 No information is displayed if there is no data on the microSD memory card.Overwriting with Backup DataYou can overwrite the data on the FOMA handsetwith data backed up in advance.• Note that selecting "Overwrite to phone" deletes the saved data on the FOMA handset and replaces it with the selected data from the microSD memory card.Make sure important data is not saved before selecting "Overwrite to phone".aPersonal data list screen (P208)XMovethe cursor to dataXM[Menu]X"Overwrite to phone"bEnter the security codeX"Yes"䂓For PhonebookA message appears to confirm whether to copy "Own number" data.X"Yes"/"No"Updating the Data onthe microSD MemoryCardUpdate the data on the microSD memory card if thedata cannot be displayed correctly on the FOMAhandset after changing, adding or deleting data onthe microSD memory card using another device.aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"microSD"X"Data update"bPlace a check mark next to a data typeto updateXI[Done]Checking the Space onthe microSD MemoryCardDisplay the status of storage space on the microSDmemory card.aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"microSD"X"Memory info."Note• Updating data may take a while if a large amount of data is saved on the microSD memory card.• If you use another device to save data on the microSD memory card, the data saved on the card may not be displayed correctly on the FOMA handset due to insufficient available memory space for managing data on the handset.Note• If the used space is not shown as "0KB" when no data is saved on the microSD memory card, format the card.• The actual available space on a microSD memory card is smaller than the space printed on the card.• Data may not be saved if there is not sufficient available space on the microSD memory card. Delete unnecessary data or insert a microSD memory card with sufficient available space to save the data.Continue on the next page
210Data Display/Edit/ManagementFolder Structure on themicroSD Memory CardWhen you first move or copy files from the FOMAhandset to the microSD memory card, or when youfirst save still images or video clips captured with theCamera directly to the microSD memory card, a foldercompatible with the appropriate file type will beautomatically created on the microSD memory card.• When you are writing files to the microSD memory card from a PC, a folder structure like the following is required:• x: Represents half-pitch alphanumeric characters• a: Represents half-pitch numeric characters between 0 and 9䋪1䋺The "TABLE" folder has sub folders that contain additional files of the types "DCIM", "STILL", "RINGER", "MMFILE", "DECOIMG", and "SD_VIDEO".䋪2䋺The data is encoded and cannot be viewed directly on the PC.Do not delete, edit, or add files with these folders.If you do so, the files may not work properly on the FOMA L705i handset.䂓Number of items that can be saved on a microSDmemory card• The number of files that can be saved on the microSD memory card varies depending on the size of the microSD memory card.• You can check the available space on the microSD memory card by accessing "Memory info." or "Memory status".→P209, P245Reading/Writing Data ona micro SD Memory Cardwith the FOMA HandsetConnect the FOMA handset with a microSDmemory card inserted to a PC and read data from/write data to the microSD memory card.File Folder CapacityStill images (DCF-compliant-JPEG, GIF other than animations)DCIM Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderStill images (non-DCF-compliant-JPEG, GIF animations)STILL Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderMelodies RINGER Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderSound only videos/i-motion movies MMFILE Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderDeco-mail pictograms DECOIMG Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderVideos/i-motion movies SD_VIDEO Up to 999 folders/Up to 999 files per folderPersonal data SD_PIM One folder/65535 filesNote• A microSD card used with this FOMA handset cannot be used with other FOMA handsets that support microSD memory card because the folder structure is different.• Depending on the PC, folder names or files names may appear in lower case.Also, file extensions or certain folders (hidden folders) may not appear.• Do not delete or move folders on the microSD memory card using a PC.If you do so, the folders may no longer be readable by the FOMA L705i handset.
211Data Display/Edit/Management• To use a microSD memory card, you need an optional microSD memory card.• Only a PC with Windows Vista, XP, or 2000 (Japanese versions) can be used to read from/write to a microSD memory card. Operation under another OS is not guaranteed.• In order to use the FOMA handset to read from/write to the microSD memory card, you need to set up the USB mode. Disconnect the FOMA USB cable (optional) before setting the USB mode.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Others"X"USB mode setting" X"microSDmode"bOpen the External Connector Terminalcover of the handset (a)and insert theexternal connector of the FOMA USBcable with the label side up until itclicks into its place (b)cInsert the USB connector of the USBcable to a USB port on the PC (c)IrDaUsing InfraredCommunicationYou can exchange Phonebook entries, Scheduleevents or Bookmarks with a device equipped withinfrared communication capabilities.䂓Available Data for Data Transfer䋪1䋺Received To Do with the alarm set prior to the set time may not be correctly saved.䋪2䋺Up to 2 MB of data per file can be sent or received.䋪3䋺Up to 100 KB of data per file can be sent or received.䋪4䋺Received Bookmarks may not be filtered depending on the other party's handset model.䂓Saving destination of data received via InfraredNote• When removing the microSD memory card or the FOMA USB Cable from a PC, be sure to perform the steps to "safely remove hardware" from the task tray of the PC. Removing the memory card or FOMA USB Cable without performing the proper steps may result in data loss.• When switching to USB mode, first disconnect the FOMA USB Cable, then switch the USB mode. When the FOMA handset and the FOMA USB Cable are connected, the USB mode cannot be switched.• If the FOMA USB cable is disconnected, the USB mode automatically returns to "Communication mode".䂓InformationVerify that the handset is correctly connected to the PC. If it is not connected correctly, data may not only fail to be exchanged but may also be lost.䊥䊥䊷䉴䊗䉺䊮䊥䊥䊷䉴䊗䉺䊮ᄖㇱធ⛯䉮 䊈䉪 䉺䋨 䊤 䊔䊦㕙䈏਄䋩USB䉮䊈䉪䉺Data type ReceivingcapabilitySendingcapabilityNumber ofpieces tobe stored1All 1AllPhonebook(Personal info) 䂾䂾䂾䂾See P76Schedule 䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 200To Do䋪1䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 50Received mail 䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 1000Sent mail 䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 500Unsent mail 䂾䂾䂾䂾Image files䋪2䂾㬍䂾㬍Up to 1000Videos䋪2䂾㬍䂾㬍Up to 1000Melodies䋪3䂾㬍䂾㬍Up to 1000Bookmarks䋪4䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 100Memos 䂾䂾䂾䂾Up to 50Data type Storage LocationPhonebook PhonebookSchedule ScheduleTo Do ScheduleReceived mail InboxSent mail OutboxUnsent mail UnsentmessageStill images "Data transfer" folder in "My picture" in "Data box"Videos "Data transfer" folder in "i-motion" in "Data box"Melody "Data transfer" folder in "Melody" in "Data box"Bookmarks "Bookmark" folderMemos Memos
212Data Display/Edit/ManagementPerforming InfraredCommunication• Use the infrared devices within a distance of approximately 20 cm.• Do not move the FOMA handset until the data exchange completes.• If you hold the FOMA handset in your hand, be sure to hold it securely, so that it does not shake.Cautions on Data Transfer• Calls, i-mode, and data transfer are not available during infrared communication because the handset is in the same status as out of service area.• Data may not be transferred depending on the other party's FOMA handset conditions. Depending on the other party's handset model, the filter setting of received mail or Bookmarks, or category setting of Phonebook entries may not be reflected, or the content of Deco-mail may not be saved correctly.• Infrared communication between a FOMA handset and a non-FOMA deviceL705i may result in data not being received or displayed correctly.• Communication may take a while depending on the amount of data to be transferred. Also, the data may not be received.• Communications may not be performed successfully under direct sunlight, directly under a fluorescent light, or near another infrared device, due to possible interference.• If an i-mode mail message has attached data, the data will not be quoted.• Attachments to i-mode mail are also forwarded. However, some types of attachments may not be forwarded.• When a message text contains pictographs (E-Moji) or symbols, they may not be displayed correctly on a recipient handset or PC that is not capable of displaying them.• Infrared communication is not available when Lock all, Data access lock is set, or when Self Mode is activated.• When any other function is running, infrared communication is not available.• Large size mail may not be sent correctly.• Only downloaded attachments are forwarded when the mail is forwarded.Send Ir DA/Receive Ir DataExchanging Data OnePiece at a TimeSending Data One Piece at a Time• Set the receiving device to the infrared receiving mode before sending data.Example: Sending one Phonebook entrya"Stand-by displayXUXMove thecursor to a phonebook entryXM[Menu]X"Send Ir data"X"Focuseddata"X"YesReceiving Data One Piece at aTimeaM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"Receive IrData"X"Receive"X"Yes"bPerform the infrared transmissionoperation on the sending deviceStart the infrared communication.c"Yes"Send All via Ir DA/Receive All Ir DAReceiving or Sending AllDataYou can exchange all data in a batch with a PC oranother FOMA handset.• To exchange all data, a session code is used to identify the sender and receiver correctly. The session code is any 1 to 4-digit number and should be entered both in the sending and receiving devices before sending/receiving data.Sending All Data• Set the receiving device to the infrared receiving mode before sending data.Example: Sending all Phonebook entries on the FOMAhandsetaStand-by displayUXM[Menu]X"Send Ir data"X"all in phone"If the Phonebook entry has an image set, a warning indicating that it may take a while to send is displayed. Select "Yes" to send.Infrared Port15 degrees15 degreesWithin approximately 20 cmNote• A message appears if the destination cannot be found. Verify the distance and angle with the other side.
213Data Display/Edit/ManagementbEnter the security codeXEnter thesession codeX"Yes"Start the infrared communication.ReceivingAll Data• Receiving all data overwrites the data on the FOMA handset and deletes all saved data including protected mail. Verify that important data has been saved elsewhere before sending or receiving all data.aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"Receive IrData"X"Receive all"X"Yes"bEnter the security codeXEnter thesession codecPerform the infrared transmissionoperation on the sending deviceStart the infrared communication.d"Yes"Using the InfraredRemote ControlFunctionYou can use the FOMA handset as a remotecontroller for infrared remote controlled devices. Ani-appli can send remote control signals using theinfrared port.• In order to use the handset as a remote control for a device, you need to download software that is specifically designed for the device. Key operations for remote control vary depending on the software.• Some devices may not be controlled.• Depending on the controlled device or ambient brightness, communications may not be possible.• When Self-mode is activated, the infrared remote controller cannot be used.Infrared Remote Control OperationsHold the FOMA handset within approx. 4 meters of,and with the Infrared Port pointed directly at theremote control sensor of a TV, etc. to operate.Depending on the controlled device and ambientbrightness, remote control may not be possible.Note• A message appears if the destination cannot be found. Verify the distance and angle with the other side.• Files in "My picture" cannot be sent as a batch (one file can be sent at a time). From the centerWithin +/- 15 degreesInfrared Portwithin approx. 4 meters
215Music PlaybackMusic channelMusic Channel................................................................................................................... 216Specifying Programs ........................................................................................................ 216Playing Programs.............................................................................................................. 217Operating the Music Channel from the Data box........................................................... 219Music PlayerAvailable Players............................................................................................................... 220Music Player/SD Audio Player ......................................................................................... 220Saving Music ..................................................................................................................... 220Playing Music .................................................................................................................... 221Using Playlist..................................................................................................................... 224Playing Songs with the SD-Audio Player........................................................................ 227Playing songs for Special Times or Environments. ...................................................... 228Using Other Applications While Listening to Music ............. Playback in background 228
216Music PlaybackMusic ChannelThe Music channel is a service that automaticallydownloads specified music programs at night for asmuch as one hour. The programs are updatedregularly. You can enjoy listening to the programs atany time, such as while commuting.• The Music channel is a fee-based service requiring a separate subscription (an i-mode and Pake-Houdai/Pake-Hodai Full contract is necessary for subscription).• In addition to the usage fee for the Music channel, some programs may require additional information fees.• For precautions and details on using the Music channel service, refer to the "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]".• After you subscribe to the Music channel, if you insert the UIM into a FOMA handset that does not support the Music channel, the service is not available. However, service charges will still apply unless you cancel the Music channel subscription.• You cannot specify or download programs while using the international roaming service. When you go overseas, deactivate the program download before you leave Japan. When you come back to Japan, resume the program download (packet communication charges apply if programs are downloaded or specified during international roaming. Pake-Hodai or Pake-Hodai Full is not available overseas).Specifying ProgramsSpecified programs are downloaded automaticallyat night.• Up to two programs can be specified.• You need to register My Menu to a site that provides Music channel programs.→P141aM[Menu]X(MUSIC)X"Musicchannel"b"Program setting"• No programs are specified by default.After programs are specified, the program titles appear.cFollow the instructions onthe screentospecify programs• For details, refer to the "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]".Viewing or Canceling Program SettingaMusic channel screen (P209)X"Program setting"bFollow the instructions on the screen.• For details, refer to the "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]".䂓InformationSaved programs may be lost due to failure or repair of the FOMA handset or if the handset is exchanged. Note that DoCoMo is not responsible for lost data.Select theprogramsbeforehandReceive theprogramsat nightHandsetsthatsupport MusicChanneli-mode centerProgram info.IP(Information Provider)Note• In order to specify programs with another UIM inserted, first check the program setting information from Program setting. Checking the Program setting information may delete the programs that have not been moved from "Distributed Program" folder.• This is a fee-based service requiring a separate subscription. If you have not subscribed to the service, a message indicating that you have not subscribed to the Music channel appears.• Selecting the "Program list" on the Music channel screen opens the list of all programs offered for the Music channel. Selecting "What's Music Channel?" displays how to use the service and any special cautions. Also, you can subscribe to the service.Music ChannelScreen
217Music PlaybackAfter Specifying Programs• appears on the Stand-by display 12 hours prior to the program download.• Programs are automatically downloaded at the designated download time.• Programs are downloaded automatically at night. appears on the Stand-by display when the download has been successful, and appears on the Stand-by display when the download has failed. Once the Music channel screen is opened, the icon disappears.Downloading Programs ManuallyIf the download fails, download remaining programsmanually.aMusic channel screen (P209)XSelect aprogramX"Yes"•䃨 appears next to each program that was not downloaded.Playing ProgramsaMusic channel screen (P209)XSelect aprogrammaVolumebProgram/chapter title or the artist namecPlayback elapsed time/Progress bar/Maximum playback timedEqualizer settingeShows the playback elapsed time.fChapter image or program imagegPlayback statushRepeat setting䂓Key operations on the Music channel playerscreenNote• Canceling programs does not remove the My Menu registration.Note• If the download is interrupted because the handset is out of service area or the communication is disconnected, the download resumes automatically after three minutes. An attempt to download will be made up to five times.• If the programs are not downloaded at the download time because the handset is not turned on, the handset is out of service area, or the signal is weak, the programs will be downloaded again at the same time the following night.• Programs cannot be automatically downloaded in the following cases. In each case, specify the programs again on the Music channel screen.- If a different UIM is inserted after programs were specified- If the UIM is inserted in another FOMA handset that supports the Music channel after programs were specified- If "Clear memory" is performed on the FOMA handset• It may take a while to download programs. Verify that the battery level is sufficient and signal reception is strong.• Downloaded programs are stored temporarily in the "Distributed program" folder in the Music channel of the Data box. If any channel of the programs is updated, the programs stored in the "Distributed program" folder are deleted and the programs can no longer be played. The programs you want to keep should be moved to another folder.→P219However, some programs may not be saved.• If you specify new programs, cancel a program, or cancel the subscription to My menu, Music channel, or i-mode, the programs that have not been moved from "Distributed Program" folder are deleted. However, if you specify new programs when the download is deactivated, programs are not deleted.• The ring tone does not sound and the handset does not vibrate when the program download starts or completes. Also, the Call Indicator does not light/blink.Note• If you download from the Music channel program list in the Data box, select a program that has failed to downloadXSelect "Yes".• Even if the download was interrupted, the program can be played up to the chapter downloaded before the interruption.• Programs exceeding the number of Replays, Expiration date, or File period cannot be downloaded manually.• Depending on the time frame, it may not be possible to download manually.Key DescriptionCPause/PlayHF/EAdjust the volumeL/RPlay from the beginning of the current chapter or go to the previous chapter/play the next chapterL/R(Hold down)Rewind/fast forward while being pressedGBackground playback →P228*Switch the Repeat setting0Switch the Equalizer setting1-5Change the screen design7䋯9Display the previous/next imageEx: When the player skin is"Chocolate Melody"acbdgfeContinue on the next page
218Music PlaybackSub Menu on the Music Channel ScreenaMusic channel screen (P209)XMovethe cursor to a programXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Move Program]Move the selected programs from "Distributed Program" folder.→P219[Delete]Delete the selected program.X"Yes"[Program information]Display information about the selected program.[Chapter list]List chapters of the selected program.→P218[Connect to URL]Access the site if the selected program contains a URL.X"Yes"Sub Menu on the Music Channel PlayerScreenaMusic channel player screen (P209)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Program skip]BGMPlay songs in the background.[Minimize]The song is played in background.→P228[Chapter list]List chapters of the program in playback.→P218[Chapter info]Display information about the chapter in playback.[Program info.]Display information about the program in playback.[Set repeat][Equalizer]Tone control when playing music.X"Normal"/"Classic"/"Jazz"/"Pop"/"Rock"/"Dance"/"Bass booster"/"Vocal"[Chapter Image]Display or save the chapter image/program image to the Data box.→P224[Player skin]Change the appearance of the Music channel player screen.XSelect a skinXC[Connect to URL]Access the site if the program in playback contains a URL.X"Yes"Displaying the Chapter List of theProgramSelect and play a chapter, or display information.aMusic channel player screen (P216)XI[List]•䃨 appears next to the chapter in playback.•C[Play] : Play the selected chapter.•I[Info.] : Display information about the selected chapter.8Show/hide the imageI[List] Open the Chapter listPToggle Music channel player and playing backgroungNote• Playback is paused for the following. It will resume automatically after the operation completes.- When a voice or video call arrives- When i-mode mail or SMS is Received- When an alarm sounds• A program with restrictions on playback cannot be played after the number of Replays, Expiration date, or File period is exceeded. A confirmation asking whether to delete the program appears when you attempt to play such a program. Selecting "Yes" deletes the program.You can check the number of Replays, Expiration date, or File period in the file detail information.• When you attempt to play a partially downloaded program, a confirmation asking whether to download the remaining data appears. Select "Yes" to start downloading. Select "Play" to play the downloaded chapters.Note<Delete>• Deleting programs does not cancel the program setting. Programs are automatically downloaded until you access the Music channel site and cancel the setting.Key DescriptionPrevious programNext program䋺Playback the previous program.䋺Playback the next program.NoneCurrent songAll songs䋺Playback is not repeated.䋺The program in playback is repeated.䋺All programs are repeated.
219Music PlaybackProgram icons shown on the Music ChannelThe following icons found on the Music Channel / Program List screens show the program download status or the type of the program. Moving to "Save Program" folderDownloaded programs can be moved from"Distributed program" folder to another folder sothat they will not be overwritten. Moved programscan be played from the "Music channel" in the"Data box".aMusic channel screen (P216)XMovethe cursor to a programXM[Menu]X"Save program"bSelect a folderXI[Move]• Select a folder other than "Download program" folderOperating the MusicChannel from the DataboxYou can play or move the programs distributedfrom "Music channel" in "Data box", or you can editthe program titles.Playing a Program from the Data boxaM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Musicchannel"The Folder list screen opens.If you have any playable programs, they may be played.•I[New] : Create a new folder.bSelect a folderXC[Open]The Program list screen opens.cSelect a programXM[Play]Sub Menu on the Folder List ScreenaFolder list screen (P219)XMove thecursor to a folderXI[Menu]XPerform the following operations•I[Delete]: Delete the selected program.[New folder]Create a new folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.[Rename]XEdit a folder name[Delete]Delete the selected folder.X"Yes"Sub Menu on the Program List ScreenaProgram list screen (P219)XMove thecursor to a programXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Play]Play the selected program.[Move program]Move the selected program from the "Distributed program" folder.[Rename]Change the title of the selected program.[Delete]Delete the selected program.X"Yes"[Delete all]Delete all programs in the folder.X"Yes"Icon Description䋯Played or un-played programs with their played count restricted䋯Played or un-played programs without their played count restricted䋯Programs moved from "Distributred Program" folder䋯Programs that are partially obtainedChapters obtainedChapters not obtainedPrograms that could not be updatedPrograms that are scheduled but not obtained.Programs that are currently being obtained.Note• Downloaded programs cannot be copied.• Partially downloaded programs cannot be moved.• Programs can be moved only in the FOMA handset. They cannot be moved on the microSD memory card.Note• The "Distributed Program" folder cannot be renamed or deleted.
220Music Playback[Multiple choice]Select and delete programs.XPlace a check mark next to a program to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• Press M[Menu] to select "Mark", "Mark all", "Unmark", "Unmark all"[Program info.]Display information about the selected program.[Chapter list]Open the Chapter list.→P218[New folder]Create a new folder.XEnter a folder name• You cannot create a sub folder in a user-defined folder.[List view/Grid view]Switch between list and picture display.Available PlayersYou can play music with the FOMA handset in oneof the following ways:• Playing with the Music playerPlay Chaku-Uta-Full® downloaded from sites.• Playing with the SD-Audio playerPlay SD-Audio compatible songs saved to the microSD memory card from a PC.• Playing as an i-motion moviePlay an audio only i-motion movie downloaded using i-mode and saved in the Data box.→P201You can use mail or access an i-mode site whilelistening to music (Background playback).→P228Music Player/SD AudioPlayer• You can play Chaku-Uta-Full® or SD-Audio compliant music data.• Download Chaku-Uta-Full® from i-mode. Save SD-Audio compliant songs using "SD-Jukebox" (commercial item) from a PC.• Before downloading music from a Web site, read the license agreement (license and prohibited activities, etc.) carefully.• Music saved in the FOMA handset or on a microSD memory card can be played for personal use only. When playing music, do not violate the third party's intellectual property rights, such as copyright or other rights. Do not copy or move music saved in the FOMA handset or on a microSD memory card to other media, such as a PC.• Precautions for Using or Handling a microSD Memory Card →P206Saving MusicDownloading Chaku-Uta-Full®• Up to 998 Chaku-Uta-Full® songs can be saved and up to 5MB can be saved per song.• Downloaded Chaku-Uta-Full® is saved in the "Music" in the "Data box".aAccess a site that provides Chaku-Uta-Full®XSelect Chaku-Uta-Full®todownloadWhen the download completes, a confirmation opens.b"Save"Play: Play the downloaded Chaku-Uta-Full®.File property: Display information about the downloaded Chaku-Uta-Full®.Back: Return to the Web site without saving the Chaku-Uta-Full®.Saving SD-Audio data in microSDmemory cardThe following is required to play SD-Audiocompliant music data with the FOMA handset:• FOMA L705i handset• FOMA USB connection cable• PC (Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows 2000 (Japanese version))• SD-Jukebox (commercial item)• A CD that contains the music you want to save• microSD memory cardSD-Jukebox (commercial item)You can purchase SD-Jukebox from the followingURL:http://www.sense.panasonic.co.jp/PanaSense/special/soft/sd_jukebox/SD-Jukebox supports Windows Vista, Windows XP,Windows 2000 (Japanese edition).For detailed information about the requirements forSD-Jukebox, visit http://panasonic.jp/support/software/sdjb/aInsert the bundled CD-ROM into the CD-drive on your PCNote• The Chaku-Uta-Full" files with the same name cannot be saved in a single folder.
221Music PlaybackbClick "Entertainment Tool"Follow the on-screen instruction to purchase SD-Jukebox.cInstall SD-Jukebox on your PCFor details on how to set up SD-Jukebox, seedSet the "USB mode setting" to"microSD mode" to connect the FOMAhandset with your PC.→P210eSave music data in a microSD memorycard.Start SD-Jukebox installed on your PC and save music data in a microSD memory card.• See SD-Jukebox Help on how to use SD-Jukebox.• After you save, remove the FOMA USB connection cable from your PC.Playing MusicYou can play music (Chaku-Uta Full)®) saved in theFOMA handset or on a microSD memory card.䂓File Format Available with Chaku-Uta-FullaM[Menu]X(Music)X"Musicplayer"XPerform the followingoperations[Music life]You can play songs for special times or environments.→P228[Playlist]Display, create, or play a Playlist.→P225[All songs]Display up to 50 songs saved in the FOMA handset and the microSD memory card.→P222[Artist]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by artist.[Genre]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by genre.[Album]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by album.MUSIC MenuPressing Gon the Stand-by display opens the"Music channel" and play menus.The play menu allows you to switch among the"Music Screen", "SD-Audio Screen", and "MusicChannel Screen" by pressing J.䋪䋺 Does not appear when no SD-Audio compatible songs are saved on the microSD memory card.File format MP4Bit rate MPEG-4 AAC: 8-128 KbpsHE-AAC: 8-128 KbpsEnhanced aacPlus: 16-48 kbpsCapacity 998 songsMax number ofplaylists Up to 10 playlistsMusic ScreenNote• To play the last played song, M[Menu] X(Music) X Select "Recent played"䋪 or holddown G for 1+ seconds on the Stand-by display.䋪 : "Playing" appears during playback.Selecting the song opens the Player screen for the song in playback.• Sorting conditions for Artists, Genre and Album is in accordance with the detailed information about the music file.MusicScreen SD-AudioScreen䋪MusicChannelScreen
222Music PlaybackContinuously Playing MusicYou can continuously play all songs saved in theFOMA handset and the microSD memory card, oronly songs specified by artist name, genre, oralbum title.Ex: To play music in "All songs"aGX"Music player"X"All songs"• : Music saved on the FOMA handset• : Music saved on the microSD memory cardbMove the cursor to a song XC[Play]Selected songs are played in the order in the music list.aVolumebSong title and artist namecPlayback progress barShows the playback elapsed time.dEqualizer settingeJacket image/Stand-by image/LyricsfPlayback statusgRepeat settingCurrent songAll songshShuffle settingAppears when enabling "Shuffle ON"䂓Key operations on the Music player screenSub Menu on the Music Data List ScreenaMusic data list screen (P222)XMovethe cursor to dataXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations•C[Play] : Play the selected music.•I[Playlist] : Add the selected music to the playlist.→P226[Play]Play the selected song.[Add to Playlist]Add the selected music to the Playlist.→P226[Multiple choice]䋪1Select and play multiple songs. Operations during playback are the same as for a Playlist.→P225XPlace a check mark next each song to playXI[Play]•M[Menu] : Select from "Play", "Add to Playlist", and "Mark/Unmark".You can add a checked song to a playlist selecting "Add to playlist"[Search]䋪2Specify "Title", "Artist", "Album", "Genre", or "Year" to search music.XSelect an itemXEnter the itemXI[Search]• All songs that match all specified conditions are displayed.Key DescriptionCPause/PlayC(1+ sec) Skip to the beggining of the song, then pauseHF/EAdjust the volumeL/RPlay from the beginning of the current chapter or go to the previous chapter/play the next chapterMusic DataList Screen(Ex: When theplayer skin is"ChocolateMelody")MusicPlayer ScreenacbdgfehL/R(Hold down)Rewind/fast forward while being pressedGBackground playback →P228#Switch the Shuffle setting*Switch the Repeat setting0Switch the Equalizer setting1-5Change the screen design7䋯9Display the previous/next image8Switch Jacket image/Lyrics/HideI[List] Display the Music data list screenPSwitch whether to play in the music player or to play in the backgroundNote• Playback is paused for the following. It will resume automatically after the operation completes.- When a voice or video call arrives- When receiving i mode mail or SMS- When an alarm sounds• Sound effects such as the key tone do not sound during music playback.Key Description
223Music Playback[Sort by]䋪1Sort songs by setting a condition.X"Title"/"Artist"/"Album"/"Genre"/"Track No."/"Year"[File property]View or edit information about the selected song.XSelect an item XI[Edit] XEdit the item• Some items cannot be edited.䋪1䋺Does not appear for the SD Audio player.䋪2䋺Music data in Artists/Genre/Album will not be inthe list screen.Sub Menu on the Music Player ScreenaMusic player screen (P222)XI[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Go to MUSIC]Display music screen while playing music.→P221[BGM]Play in the background.→P228[List]Display the Music data list screen.→P222[File property]View information about the song in playback.[Shuffle ON/OFF]Enable or disable shuffle play.[Set repeat][Equalizer]Control the tone when playing.X"Normal"/"Classic"/"Jazz"/"Pop"/"Rock"/"Dance"/"Bass booster"/"Vocal"[Jacket image]Display or save the Jacket image to the Data box.→P224[Lyric]䋪Display or save the Lyrics to the Data box.→P224[Set as ring tone]䋪Set the song in playback as a ring tone.→P223[Player skin]Change the appearance of the Music player screen.XSelect a skin[Connect to URL]䋪Access the site if the song in playback contains a URL.X"Yes"䋪䋺 Does not appear for the SD Audio Player.Setting a Song as a Ring ToneaMusic player screen (P222)XM[Menu]X"Set as tone"bSelect a ring tone typeVoice ring tone䋺 Set as a ring tone for a voice call.Video ring tone䋺 Set as a ring tone for a video call.Mail tone 䋺 Set as a ring tone for i-mode mail.Message R tone䋺 Set as a ringtone for Message R.Message F tone䋺 Set as a ring tone for Message F.SMS tone 䋺 Set as a ring tone for SMS.Alarm tone䋺 Set as an alarm tone.cSelect a range to set as the ring tone[Full song ring tone]Set the entire song in playback as a ring tone.[Point ring tone]If the song in the playback has already a range specified, this option can be selected.XSelect a range[Free point ring tone]Specify and set a free range as a ring tone.XUseJto find a starting pointXM[Start]XUseJto find an ending pointXM[Done]Viewing Details about a SongaMusic player screen (P222)XI[Menu]X"Set as tone"•I[Edit] : Edit properties.NoneCurrent songAll songs䋺Playback is not repeated.䋺The song in playback is repeated.䋺Play all songs on the Music data list screen repeatedly.Note• If selecting "Alarm tone", further select which alarm.• Some songs may not be set as a ring tone.
224Music Playback䂓Information displayed on the File property screenView Images or Lyrics Containedin a SongYou can view and save Jacket images, Stand-byimages, Lyrics, or chapters/program imagescontained in programs downloaded using the Musicchannel.aMusic player screen(P222)/Musicchannel player screen(P209)XM[Menu]X"Jacket image"/"Lyric"XPerform the following operations[Next image]View the next image or lyrics.[Previous image]View the previous image or lyrics.[Full view]View an image or lyrics to fit the screen.[Display On/Off ]Show/hide the image or lyrics.[Save in Data box]Save the displayed image or lyrics to "i-mode" in "My Pictures" in the Data box."Yes"Using PlaylistYou can specify the order to play songs in a Playlist.You can play any songs in the order of your choicefrom all songs saved in the FOMA handset and onthe microSD memory card.Creating a PlaylistUp to 10 Playlists and up to 50 songs per Playlistcan be saved.aGX"Music player"X"Playlist"The Playlist list screen opens.bI[New]XEnter a Playlist nameUp to 30 full-pitch or half-pitch characters can be entered.cPlace a check mark next to each songto save to the PlaylistXI[Done]䂓For the songs in the Music Player, pressM[Menu] to select "File property", "Markall", "Unmark all", or "Sort by".Item DescriptionTitle Display the song nameArtist Display the artist nameAlbum Display the album nameYear Display the year when the song was releasedGenre Display the genreComment Display commentsTrack No. Display the song numbers and the total number of songs in the albumComposer Display the composer nameLyricist Display the lyricist nameRight holder Display the copyright holderSelling agency Display the selling agencyRights info. Display the information about rightsLabel Display the labelURL Display the related URLFull song ring tone Display whether the entire song can be set as a ring tonePoint ring tone Display whether the pre-set range of the song can be set as a ring toneFree point ring tone Display whether a user-defined range of the song can be set as a ring toneSavable jacket image Display whether there is a jacket image that can be savedSavable image Display whether there is an image that can be savedSavable lyric Display whether there are lyrics that can be savedAudio Display the sound formatBit rate Display the bit ratePlaying time Display the file playback durationFile Name Display the file nameFile Size Display the file sizeFile Type Display the file formatDate & Time (Saved) Display the saved date and timeOriginal title Display the default title of the fileFile Restriction Display whether the file is restricted →P198Source Display the sourceMove to microSD Indicates whether the file can be moved to a microSD memory cardReplays/Expiration date/File periodDisplay information of replays/expiration date/file periodDRM info. Display whether the copyright is controlledNote• If you delete Chaku-Uta-Full® songs saved in the playlists or move them between the FOMA handset and microSD memory card, they will be removed from the playlist.
225Music PlaybackPlaying a PlaylistaPlaylist list screen (P224)XSelect aPlaylistThe Playlist music list screen opens.bMove the cursor to a song XC[Play]Selected songs are played in the order in the music list.Sub Menu on the Playlist List ScreenaPlaylist list screen (P224)XMove thecursor to a PlaylistXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Play]Play the selected Playlist.[New playlist]Create a Playlist.→P224[Rename]Change the Playlist name.XEdit the Playlist name[Copy playlist]䋪Copy the selected Playlist and create a new Playlist.X"Yes" XEnter a name of the new Playlist[Delete playlist]Delete the selected Playlist.X"Yes"[Multiple choice]Select and delete Playlists.XPlace a check mark next to each Playlist todeleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• Press M[Menu] to select "Delete" or "Mark/Unmark".䋪䋺 Does not appear for the SD Audio player.Sub Menu on the Playlist Music List ScreenaPlaylist music list screen (P225) XMove the cursor to a song XM[Menu] XPerform the followingoperations•I[Add] : Add the song to the displayed Playlist.[Play]Play the selected song.[Add songs]Add songs to the displayed Playlist.XPlace a check mark next to each song to add XI[Done]• Press M[Menu] to select "File property", "Mark all", "Unmark all", and "Sort by".[Move]Change the order of the selected songs.XLocate a position to move to.[Delete from list]Delete the selected song from the Playlist.[Multiple choice]Select and play multiple songs. Operations during playback are the same as for a Playlist.→P225XPlace a check mark next each song to playXI[Play]•Press M[Menu] to select "Play", "Delete from list", and "Mark/Unmark".[Search]Specify "Title", "Artist", "Album", "Genre", or "Year" to search music.XSelect an itemXEnter the itemXI[Search]• All songs that match all specified conditions are displayed.[Sort by]䋪Sort songs by setting a condition.X"Title"/"Artist"/"Album"/"Genre"/"Track No."/"Year"[File property]View or edit information about the selected song.XSelect an item XI[Edit] XEdit the item• Some items cannot be edited.䋪䋺 Does not appear for the SD Audio player.Note<Rename/Delete playlist>• These options are not available for "All songs" and "Quick playlist".<Copy playlist>• This option is not available for "All songs".
226Music PlaybackAdding Songs to a PlaylistaGX"Music player"X"All songs"bMove the cursor to a song tosaveXI[Playlist]XSelect a Playlist•I[New] : Create a new Playlist with the selected song.• For Chaku-Uta® and Chaku-Uta=Full®, you can do the following operation.䂓To save multiple songsM[Menu]X"Select multiple"XPlace a check mark next to each song to saveXM[Menu]XSelect "Add to Playlist".Saving Songs to the QuickPlaylistHold down Aon the Music data list screen tosave the selected song to the "Quick playlist". It isuseful for you to collect up the songs you oftenlisten to.To play, select the "Quick playlist" on the Playlistlist screen.Managing Folders,Playlists, and MusicDataSongs are saved in the "Music" folder in the Databox. SD-Audio compatible songs are saved in the"SD-audio" folder in the Data box.Delete or move songs from the Data box.aM[Menu]X(Data box)X"Music"•I[Switch] : Switch between list and picture display.䂓Managing SD-Audio Compatible SongsM[Menu]X(Data box)XSelect "SD-audio"bMove the cursor to a songXM[Menu]XPerform the following operations䂓To Manage PlaylistsSelect a "Playlist" X Move the cursor onto the playlist XM[Menu] X Perform the operations described in "Sub Menu on the Playlist Music List Screen" (P225).䂓To maintain music data in microSD memorycard"micro SD" X Move the cursor to music data XM[Menu] X Perform the following operations䂓Managing Songs on the microSD MemoryCard"micro SD" X Move the cursor to a song XM[Menu] XPerform the following operations[Files][Multiple choice]Select and delete songs.XPlace a check mark next to the songs to deleteXI[Delete]X"Yes"• You can move/copy multiple songs with the following operation.•XCheck off the songs you want to copy or delete•XM[Manu] X "Move"/"Copy" X Select a destination folder XI"Move"/"Copy"•M[Menu] : Select from "Move", "Copy", "Delete", "Mark", "Mark all", "Unmark", and "Unmark all".[File property]View or edit information about the selected song.XSelect an item XI[Edit] XEdit the item• Some items cannot be edited.[Send]Not available[Set as tone]Set the selected song as a ring tone.→P223[List view/Grid view]Switch between list and picture display.[Sort by]Sort songs by setting a condition.X"Title"/"Artist"/"Album"/"Genre"/"Track No."/"Year"[Memory info.]PlayMoveCopyDeleteDeleteallRenameReset display name䋺Play the selected song.䋺Move the selected song to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Move]䋺Copy the selected song to another folder.XSelect a destination folderXI[Copy]䋺Delete the selected song.X"Yes"䋺Delete all songs in the folder.X"Yes"䋺Rename the selected song.XEdit a file name䋺Reset the display name of the selected file to its default name.HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Shows free space in the FOMA handset.䋺Shows free space on the microSD memory card.
227Music Playback[New folder]Create a new folder.XEnter a folder name• Sub folders can be created in a folder up to two layers.Sub Menu while a Folder SelectedaMove cursor to a folder XM[Menu]XPerforms the following operations[Rename]XEdit a folder name[New folder]Create a new folder.XEnter a folder name• Sub folders can be created in a folder up to two layers.[Delete]Delete the selected folder.X"Yes"[List view/Grid view]Switch between list and picture display.[Sort by]Sort songs by setting a condition.X"Title"/"Artist"/"Album"/"Genre"/"Track No."/"Year"[Memory info.][Folder property]The folder size, the number of files in the folder, and the number of folders in the folder are displayed.Playing Songs with theSD-Audio PlayerYou can play SD-Audio-compliant songs saved onthe microSD memory card.䂓Available SD Audio file formatsaGX"SD-Audio Player"XPerform thefollowing operations[Music life]You can play songs for special times or environments.→P228[Playlist]Display, create, or play a Playlist.→P224[All songs]Display up to 999 SD-Audio-compliant songs saved on the microSD memory card.→P222[Artist]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by artist.→P222[Genre]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by genre.→P222[Album]Sort and display music files in "All songs" folder by album.→P222Note• When the "Playlist" folder or "SD-Audio" folder is open, press I[New] to create a new Playlist.→P224HandsetmemoryExternalmemory䋺Shows free space in the FOMA handset.䋺Shows free space on the microSD memory card.Note• The "Playlist" and "micro SD" folders cannot be renamed or deleted.File Format MPEG-2AACBit rate (stereo) 16䌾128kbpsThe number of songs that canbe saved Up to 998 songsThe number of playlists thatcan be created Up to 10 playlistsNote• Operations are the same for the Music player expect the following:- Sub menu items not available for the SD-Audio player are not displayed.- SD-Audio-compliant song information cannot be edited.SD-Audio
228Music PlaybackMusic lifePlaying songs forSpecial Times orEnvironments.You can play songs suitable for occasions such aswhen commuting, playing sports, or going to bed.aGX"Music player"/"SDAudio player"X"Music life"XPerform the followingoperations[Train]Vocal sound is emphasized so that lyrics can be clearly heard even in a low volume when you commute. Songs are played in random order.[Sports timer]Songs are played for a set period. You can use this option as a timer when you want to run for a certain time. The selected Playlist is repeatedly played for the specified time period.[Sleeping]You can set an off timer to stop the playback automatically when lying in bed listening to music. The volume is gradually reduced about five minutes before the playback ends. The selected Playlist is repeatedly played for the specified time period.bI[Play]Playback in backgroundUsing Other ApplicationsWhile Listening to MusicaPress G during a music playbackOpen the Stand-by display during music playback.Default Train : All songs, level 2Sport timer : All songs 30 Min.Sport timer : All songs 30 Min.PlaylistVocal䋺Select "All songs" or a Playlist.XSelect "All songs" or a Playlist•C[List] : List Playlists.䋺Place emphasis on vocal sounds.XSelect the level of emphasisPlaylistPlaying time䋺Select "All songs" or a Playlist.XSelect "All songs" or a Playlist•C[List] : List Playlists.䋺Enter the playback time. Up to 1200 minutes can be entered.XEnter the playback timePlaylistOff timer䋺Select "All songs" or a Playlist.XSelect "All songs" or a Playlist•C[List] : List Playlists.䋺Enter a value of minutes until the playback stops. Up to 1200 minutes can be entered.XEnter the timeNote• On the Stand-by display, song names and artist names are displayed.• During the background playback, press F/Etoadjust the volume.• Press G during the background playback to return to the Music player in playback.• To stop the background playback, press PXselect "Yes".• During background playback, an i-motion movie set for the Stand-by display will not be played. The default Stand-by display opens instead.• While a song on the microSD memory card is played in background, the other functions cannot access to the microSD memory card. Select XP "Yes" to stop the background playback.
229Other Useful FunctionsMulti-access..................................................................................................Multi-access 230Multitasking .................................................................................................. Multitasking 230Sounding the Alarm at Set Times.......................................................................... Alarm 231Managing Schedule Events.............................................................................. Schedule 232Managing To Do Tasks ..................................................................................... To Do list 235Managing Anniversaries.................................................................Remembering Dates 237Quick Access to Frequently Used Applications .....................................Custom Menu 238Registering Your Name and Image............................................................ Own Number 239Checking Call Duration/Call Cost .................................................................................... 239Setting a Call Cost Limit ......................................................................Set call cost limit 240Using the World Clock................................................................................. World Clock 240Using the Stopwatch....................................................................................... Stopwatch 241Using the Unit Converter ......................................................................... Unit Converter 241Using the Calculator ........................................................................................Calculator 242Using Memos......................................................................................................... Memos 243Talking Using the flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch .................................... 244Automatically Receiving a Call Connecting the flat-plug earphone/microphonewith switch................................................................................................... Auto Answer 244Chiming the Hour .................................................................................... Hour Indication 245Checking Memory Usage ........................................................................ Memory status 245Restoring Various Function Settings to Their Defaults .............................Reset/Clear 245Deleting All Saved Data at Once.............................................................. Clear memory 246
230Other Useful FunctionsMulti-accessMulti-accessMulti-access is a function that allows the use ofthree lines (voice call, packet communication, andSMS) concurrently.Making a Voice Call during PacketCommunicationBy invoking "New task" screen, a voice call can bemade during packet communication such asi-mode(P231).Example: Making a voice call during i-modeoperationai-mode screen(P139)XN(1+seconds)X"Call"The Phone number entry screen opens.bEnter a phone numberXAReceiving a Voice Call duringPacket CommunicationA voice call can be received during packetcommunication such as i-mode.Example: Receiving a voice call during i-modeoperationaA call arrivesThe Incoming call screen opens.bAUsing Other Communicationsduring a Voice CallDuring a voice call, you can perform operationssuch as sending/receiving mail or connecting toi-mode.Sending MailaVoice call screen XN(1+seconds)X"Mail"bCreate and send mailReceiving MailAn icon (P32) to notify of incoming mail appears atthe top of the screen.Connecting to i-modeaVoice call screen XN(1+ seconds)X"i-mode"MultitaskingMultitaskingThis FOMA handset provides multitasking thatallows you to start and operate two or moreapplications concurrently.Task managerLaunching a New FunctionTo launch a new function while another function isrunning, open the New task screen (Task manager).Communication Type Available LineVoice call 1 linePacket communicationincluding i-mode, i-appli,i-mode mail, and PCconnections1 line from the leftSMS 1 lineNote• Combination of Lines →P302• During Multi-access, communication charges apply for each connected line.• During a video call, Multi-access is disabled except for incoming SMS.Note• To return to the i-mode screen from the Voice call screen press N and select "i-mode".Note• To return to the i-mode screen from the Voice call screen (P49) press N and select "i-mode".Note• Creating and sending mail →P161, P181Note• To return to the Voice call screen, press PXSelect "Yes"Voice call
231Other Useful FunctionsaWhile using an applicationXN(for 1+seconds)Unavailable functions are grayed out.bSelect an application to start• Available applications vary depending on the currently running application and its operating status.䌛Dialing䌝The Phone number entry screen opens.䇯→P50䌛Mail䌝The Mail menu screen opens.→P160䌛i-mode䌝The i-mode menu screen opens.→P138䌛i-appli䌝The Software list screen opens.→P185䌛Search phonebook䌝The Search phonebook screen opens.→P83䌛Photo-mode䌝The Still image capture screen opens.→P129䌛Schedule䌝The Month view calendar screen opens.→P232䌛To Do list䌝The To do list screen opens.→P235䌛Memo䌝The Memo list screen opens.→P243䌛Calculator䌝The Calculator screen opens.→P242䌛Own number䌝The Own number screen opens.→P48Switching/ConfirmingApplicationsTo switch or confirm applications, open the Task listscreen.aWhile using an applicationXN• Select "New task" on the Task list screen to open the New task screen that allows you to launch another application.bUse Kto select anapplicationThe screen for the selected application will be displayed.Terminating an ApplicationClose the currently displayed application and openthe previously displayed application.aTo terminate an applicationXQ/P• To close an application, make it current application first.• Repeat these steps to close other applications.AlarmSounding the Alarm atSet TimesThe FOMA handset can be used as an alarm clock.Up to ten alarms can be registered.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Alarm"• Press to set the selected alarm "On"/"Off".䂓Icons displayed on the Alarm list screen.bMove the cursor to an alarm to beedited XC[Edit]cPerform the following operation•C[List] : Display the setting items list screen for the selected item.Note• Combination of Applications →P303New taskscreenIcon DescriptionAlarm set to "On".Alarm with "Set repeat" set.Task list screenThe running functions are Alarm List ScreenAlarm List ScreenContinue on the next page
232Other Useful Functions[ (On/Off list)]Set whether to enable the alarm.X"ON"/"OFF"[°e(Set time)]Set the time for the alarm to sound.[(Set repeat)]Select a repetition type.X "Once"/"Daily"/Daily except holiday"/"Mon-Fri"/"Weekdays"• If you select "Daily except holiday", the alarm does not sound on Sundays and holidays set in "Set holiday" (P234)."Weekdays" is selected, perform the following steps to specify the days of the week for the alarm to start:XDXC[List] in the "Su MoTu We Th Fr Sa" fieldXplace check marks next to days of the week XI[Done][ (Alarm tone)]Select an alarm tone.[(Memo)]Up to 7 full-pitch or 15 half-pitch characters can be entered. The entered text is displayed on the Alarm screen after the alarm starts.[ (Turbo Alarm)]Set whether to enable the Turbo Alarm that increases its volume levels up to the maximum volume and vibrates the handset.X "Off"/"On (Max. Ring&Vib)"[ (Snooze)]Set whether to enable the Turbo Alarm that increases its volume levels up to the maximum volume and vibrates the handset.dI[Done]Sub Menu on the Alarm List ScreenaAlarm list screen (P231)XM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Edit]Edit the selected alarm.→P231[Turn On(Off)]Activate/deactivate the selected alarm.[Multiple choice]Select alarm and set whether to enable the alarm.䋺XPlace check marks next to the alarms XM[Menu] X "On"/"Off"• You can also select "Mark/Unmark" X "Mark all", "Mark"*, "Unmark"*, or "Unmark all" by pressing M[Menu].䋪䋺 Either one appears depending on the alarm status.When the alarms for "Alarm" and "Schedule"/"ToDo" reach the specified timeThe following actions are performed by function.AlarmThe alarm screen appears, the alarm tone sounds and the illumination lights.• To stop the alarm, press C[Off].• When the "Snooze interval" time is set, to stop the alarm temporarily and sound the alarm tone again when a set period of time has elapsed, press I[Snooze].• When the alarm for which "Snooze interval" time is set is not stopped, the alarm tone sounds again in about 5 minutes regardless of the setting of the snooze interval time. The alarm tone sounds repeatedly for 1 hour, up to 12 times.ScheduleThe schedule alarm screen appears, the alarm tone sounds and the illumination lights.• To stop the alarm, press C[OK] and then C[Off] on the Schedule detail screen.• To sound the alarm tone again, select I[Snooze] X Select a snooze interval.• When the alarm for Schedule cannot be stopped, the alarm tone sounds again in about 5 minutes regardless of the setting of the snooze interval time. (Confirming specs)To DoThe To Do alarm screen appears, the alarm tone sounds and the illumination lights.• To stop the alarm, press C[OK] and then C[Off] on the To Do detail screen.When the alarm for Alarm, Schedule and To Doare set to the same timeThe priority order for the alarm is Alarm →Schedule alarm → To Do alarm. (Confirming specs)ScheduleManaging ScheduleEventsRegistering Schedule EventsYou can save a schedule event such as a meetingor appointment. Up to 200 Schedule events and upto 100 holidays can be saved.Musici-motionMelody䋺Selects the music saved in "Music" in the "Data box "folder.→P224䋺Select a movie/i-mode saved in "i-motion" in "Data box".→P201䋺Select from melodies saved in "Melody" in the "Data box".→P204
233Other Useful FunctionsaM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Schedule"XMove the cursor to the day to besaved in ScheduleXI[New]XPerform the following operations•C[List] : Display the setting items list screen for the selected item.• When the cursor is in the time setting field, you can stop creating a schedule event by selecting M[Cancel] X "Yes".[ (Start Date)]Specify the date to start the Schedule event. To enter a date, use J to move the cursor to the position and enter a number with dial keys. Press C[List] to select the day from a calendar.[ (End Date)]Specify the date to complete the Schedule event. To enter a date, use J to move the cursor to the position and enter a number with dial keys. Press J[List] to select the day from a calendar.The end date cannot be set earlier than the start date.[(Settime)]Specify the times to start/end the Schedule event.[ (Category)]Select a category of the Schedule event.Icons vary depending on the selected category.[ (Subject)]Up to 200 full-pitch or 400 half-pitch characters can be entered. The subject is displayed on the Monthly and Weekly view screen.[ (Summary)]Up to 20 full-pitch or 40 half-pitch characters can be entered. The summary is displayed on the Alarm screen that opens when the alarm starts.[(Setalarm)]Set whether to be notified with an alarm tone of the set starting date and time.If you select other than "No alarm", perform the following steps to select the alarm tone.[ (Set repeat)]Set how to repeat the Schedule event. Select "Once" not to repeat. When selecting "Weekly", further specify the day of the week.[ (Secret)]This option appears when the Secret mode setting (P117) is "Secret mode". Set this option to "On" if you save the created Phonebook entry as secret data.bI[Done]All daySet time䋺Save the schedule event for a whole day without specifying time.䋺After setting, use D to move the cursor and enter the start and end time of the schedule event.Use J to move the cursor to the position and enter the time with dial keys and switch between "AM" and "PM" with C (pressing C in the time field opens the Time settings screen that allows you to enter time with dial keys and H).• The end time cannot be set earlier than the start time.• Depending on the settings in "Date&Time format" (P106), the display order or format for the date and time may differ.New MemoCreationMusici-motionMelody䋺Selects the music saved in "Music" in the "Data box "folder.→P224䋺Select a movie/i-mode saved in "i-motion" in "Data box".→P201䋺Select from melodies saved in "Melody" in the "Data box".→P204Note<Secret>• When the "Secret mode" (P117) is set to "Secret only mode", the Schedule entry is saved as secret data.• The secret Schedule is displayed when the "Secret mode" is set to "On" or "Secret only mode".• The secret Schedule is saved as secret data even if it is edited with the "Secret mode" set to "On".• When the set time for the secret Schedule event for which the alarm is set with the "Secret mode" set to "Off" comes, the alarm tone sounds without displaying the saved contents and "Secret" appears on the notification screen.Continue on the next page
234Other Useful FunctionsViewing Schedule EventsYou can view settings of a schedule event from theCalendar screen.• The Month view calendar appears by default.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Schedule"aThe day when a schedule event is setbA schedule event saved for the highlighteddayUp to 2 events will be displayed. Schedule events that have passed their start times will not be displayed.•13 : Switch the view by year.•79/FE : Switch the view by month.•5 : Return to the current date.• On the Month view, the blue indicates Saturday, and the red indicates Sunday and holidays.• You can switch between the Monthly and Weekly view of the Calendar screen.bSelect the day to view•J : Switch to the previous/next day.aDatebIcon indicating a "Category"cStart time – End time, Subjectdlarm iconeAppears when the alarm is set to sound.fIcon indicating a schedule event set for otherthan Japan timeAppears if the schedule event's "Local time zone" is set to other than "GMT+9:00" (out of Japan).cSelect the event to viewThe Schedule detail screen opens.Switching the Calendar ViewThe Calendar screen can be viewed on monthly basis or weekly basis.Perform the following steps to switch views.XOn the Calendar screen M[Menu] X"Weekly view"/"Monthly view"Sub Menu on the Calendar ViewaMonth view screen (P234)/Week viewscreen (P225)XM]Menu]XPerformthe following operations[Add new]Register a new Schedule event.→P232[Set holiday/Clear holiday]Set or release a selected day as a holiday. To set a day as a holiday, select "Set holiday" X select an option from the following X enter a "Holiday name" XI [Done][Week view/Month view]Switch the view by week or by month.→P232Calendarscreen(Month View)ScreenabSchedule listscreenbcaedNote• National Holidays are based on "࿖᳃䈱␸ᣣ䈮㑐䈜䉎 ᴺᓞ෸䈶⠧ੱ⑔␩䈱৻ㇱ䉕 ᡷᱜ䈜䉎 ᴺᓞ(ᐔᚑ13ᐕᴺᓞ╙59ภ) (law relating to national holidays and old-age persons' welfare, as amended (Law No. 59, 2001))". Spring Equinox Day and Autumnal Equinox Day are released in an official gazette on February 1 and may not be exact (as of 䃂, 2007).On thedayWeeklyMonthlyAnnually䋺Set the highlighted day as a holiday.䋺Set the day of the week of the highlighted day as a weekly holiday.䋺Set the date of the highlighted day as a monthly holiday.䋺Set the date of the highlighted day as an annual holiday.Duration (2 ~ 31)䋺Set a period from 2 to 31 days as holidays from the highlighted day. Enter the number of days in the "Duration (2-31)" field.ㅳන૏⴫␜䇸⚳ᣣ䇹⸳ቯ䈱䉴䉬䉳䊠䊷䊦䈏䈅䉎 ᣣ䍃H䈪⴫␜䈘 䉏䈩䈇䈭 䈇ᤨ㑆䉕 䉴䉪 䊨 䊷䊦⴫␜䈪䈐 䉁 䈜䇯䉴 䉬 䉳 䊠 䊷䊦䈱⊓㍳ᤨ㑆
235Other Useful Functions[Go to date]The Calendar view for the specified day appears. Use J to move the cursor to the position in the "Enter date you want to go to" field, and enter the date and time with dial keys.[Delete][Send all via IrDA]Send all Schedule events via IrDA.→P212[Memory Info]Schedule events and holidays status will be displayed.• If "Secret mode" is set to "On" or "Secret only mode", the number of pieces of secret data is shown in "Secret".[Reset holiday]Delete the holiday set in "Set holiday".[Settings]Configure how the Calendar screen will be displayed.Sub Menu on the Schedule List Screen/Detail ScreenaSchedule list screen (P234)/Detailscreen (P234)XM[Mene]XPerformthe following operations:[Add new]Register a new Schedule event.→P232[Send via]䋪1Send the selected schedule events as an i-mode mail attachment or via Infrared communication.[Edit]䋪1Edit the selected Schedule event.→P232[Multiple choice]䋪2You can select and delete a scheduled event set to the selected day.XPlace check marks next to the schedule events todeleteXI[Delete] X"Yes"• You can select "Mark all" or "Unmark all" from "Delete" or "Mark/Unmark" by pressing M[Menu].[Go to date]䋪2The Calendar for the specified day appears. Use J to move the cursor to the position in the "Enter date you want to go to" field, and enter the date and time with dial keys.[Delete]Delete the selected Schedule event.[Copy to microSD card]䋪1Copy the selected Schedule events to the microSD memory card.䋪1䋺 Not available when you are using the default or "Set holiday" configuration.䋪2䋺 Not displayed on the Schedule detail screen.To Do listManaging To Do TasksRegistering To Do TasksYou can register up to 50 To Do entries.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"To Dolist"XI[New]XPerform thefollowing operations•C[List] : Display the setting items list screen for the selected item.• When the cursor is in the due date setting field, you can stop creating a To do task by selecting M[Cancel] X "Yes".[ (Category)]Select the category of the To Do task. Icons vary depending on the selected category.[(Subject)]Up to 200 full-pitch or 400 half-pitch characters can be entered. The subject is displayed on the To Do list screen. A Subject is required to register a Schedule event.[ (Summary)]Up to 20 full-pitch or 40 half-pitch characters can be entered. The summary is displayed on the Alarm screen that opens when the alarm starts.DeletepreviousentriesDelete all䋺Delete all events scheduled prior to today.䋺Delete all Schedule events.Default View䋺Configure the display format of the Calendar screen when launching Schedule.XSelect "Week view"/"Month view"Monthly view type䋺Select a starting day of the week from Sunday or Monday.Weekly start time䋺Configure the starting time displayed in the the Week view. New MemoCreationScreenContinue on the next page
236Other Useful Functions[ (Due date)]Set the due date of the To Do task.To set the date, use J to move the cursor to the place to change the date and enter the date with the dial keys (to set the date on the calendar screen, press C[List] in the date entry field ). Operations on the calendar screen→P234Use J to move the cursor to the position and enter the time with dial keys and switch between "AM" and "PM" with C (pressing C in the time field opens the Time settings screen that allows you to enter time with dial keys and H).• Depending on the settings in "Date&Time format", the display order or format for the date and time may differ.→P106Press C[List] to select the day from a calendar.[(Priority)]Select a priority of the task.Icons vary depending on the selected priority.[(Status)]Select a status of the task.Icons vary depending on the selected status.When "Completed" is selected, the due date and the subject will be crossed out, and the task appears after tasks with status other than "Completed" on the To Do list screen.[(Setalarm)]Set whether to be notified with an alarm tone at the set due date and time.If you select other than "No alarm", perform the following steps to select the alarm tone.bI[Done]Viewing To Do TasksYou can list and view registered To Do tasks.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"To Dolist"• Saved To Do tasks are listed in the order of High→low→No Priority. When two or more To Do tasks have the same level of Priority, the task with earlier due date is listed first.• For To do tasks with "Status" set to "Completed", the due date and the subject are crossed out and the task appears after tasks with status other than "Completed".aIcon indicating a "Status"bDue date and subjectcPriority䋯䋯"High"/"Low"/"No priority"dIconindicating aTo Dotask setfor otherthanJapan timeAppears if the schedule event's "Local time zone" is set to other than "GMT+9:00".bSelect a To Do task to viewThe To DoDetail screen opens.Sub Menu on the To Do List/Detail ScreenaTo Do list screen (P236)orToDodetail screen (P236)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Add new]Create a new To Do entry.→P235[Send via]Send the selected schedule events as i-mode mail attachment or via Infrared communication.[Edit]Edit the To Do entry.→P235[Change status]Change the "Status" of the selected To Do entry.→P235[Multiple choice]䋪You can select and delete To do tasks.XPlace check marks next to To do tasks todeleteXI[delete] X"Yes"• You can also select "Mark all" or "Unmark all" from "Mark/Unmark" by pressing M[Menu].[Delete]Delete the selected To Do entry.[Copy to microSD card]Copy the selected To Do tasks to microSD memory card.[View calendar]Display the current date of the calendar.䋪䋺 Not displayed on the Detail screen.Musici-motionMelody䋺Selects the music saved in "Music" in the "Data box "folder.→P224䋺Select a movie/i-mode saved in "i-motion" in "Data box".→P201䋺Select from melodies saved in "Melody" in the "Data box".→P204To Do listScreenabdc
237Other Useful FunctionsRemembering DatesManaging AnniversariesYou can display the number of days until animportant event on the Stand-by screen or find thenumber of days quickly by using the Date counterand Date search.Date CounterRegistering in Date CounterUp to 30 important events can be tracked forremaining days.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Rememberingdates"X"Datecounter"XI[Add]XPerform the followingoperationaCounter displayDisplay with - : Show the elapsed days from the set date to today.Display with + : Show the remaining days from today to the set date.bIcon to display on the Stand-by displayAn event that is to be displayed on the Stand-by screen.bSelect an event to find the days• The Event detail screen opens.To display the remaining days on the Stand-bydisplayYou can select one of the registered events and show the days remaining until that event on the Stand-by display. Perform the following steps from the "Date counter" screen to display the remaining days:XMove the cursor to theevent XM[Menu] X"Display on stand-by screen"Sub Menu on the Date Counter List/DetailScreen list/detailaDate counter screen (P237)XM[Menu]Xlist/detail Perform thefollowing operations[Add new]Save a new event.→P237[Edit]Edit the selected event.→P237[Display day on stand-by screen/Cancel displaying]䋪Specify whether to show the Date counter for the selected event on the Stand-by display.Date CounterScreenabCategory andremainingdays for anevent
238Other Useful Functions[Multiple Choice]䋪You can select and delete events.XPlace check marks next to events todeleteXI[delete] X"Yes"• You can also select "Mark"*, "Mark all"*, "Unmark"*, "Unmark all"* from "Delete" or "Mark/Unmark" by pressing M[Menu].䋪䋺 Items displayed vary depending on the status of an event.[Delete]Delete the selected ivent Date counter.䋪䋺 Not displayed on the Detail screen.Using Date SearchYou can find the date (year, month, date) when thedesignated days passed. For example, you caneasily find the date 100 days after today. You cancheck out the date up to 9999 days after today.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Remembering dates"X"Date search"XPerformthe following operations•I[Reset] : Reset the set value.[Start Date]Specify the date to start searching. Use J and dial keys to enter the date.[After]Enter the number of days after the start date using dial key. For example, to find the date 100 days after "Start Date", enter "100".[Result]Show the date when the designated days passed.Custom MenuQuick Access toFrequently UsedApplicationsYou can quickly access frequently used functionsby saving them to the Custom menu.Creating the Custom MenuYou can save up to 10 frequently used functions tothe Custom menu.You can also change the defaultfunctions.Ex: When you assign a function to unregisteredcustom menu item [Menu 9]aM[Menu] (for 1+ seconds) Xselect[Menu 9] XI[Add]The "Add new" screen opens.䂓To change the assigned functionSelect the function to re-assign X press I[Edit]bSelect a functionThe selected function will be registered in the Custom menu.• A currently registered function cannot be registered again.cSelect an unused menu locationXI[Add]Applications that can be registered to the Custom menu are listed.dSelect applications• You cannot select already registered applications.Using the Custom MenuaThe Stand-by screen XM[Menu](for 1+ seconds)• You can also perform the following steps:M [Menu] XI[Custom]bSelect a function tolaunchSub Menu on the Custom Menu ScreenaCustom menu screen (P238)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Add new]䋪1Add applications selected from the list.→P238[Open]䋪2Launch the selected application.[Edit]䋪2Edit registered applications.[Delete]䋪2Delete the selected application.[Delete all]Delete all registered applications.XC[OK]䋪1䋺 Appears when an unused menu location is selected.䋪2䋺 Appears when a registered application is selected.Default Check new message, Inbox, Date counter, Calculator, Alarm, Touchpad settingsCustom MenuScreen
239Other Useful FunctionsOwn NumberRegistering Your Nameand ImageYou can store your personal information in theFOMA handset.aM[Menu]X(Own number)XC[Detail]XEnter the security codeThe Own number detail screen opens.bM[Menu]X"Edit"The Edit own number screen opens.cEnter informationXI[Done]For steps to register, see Step 2 (P77) "Saving FOMA Handset Phonebook (Phone) Contacts". However, you cannot set secret data.• The pre-installed own number cannot be changed or deleted.Sub Menu on the Own Number Detail ScreenaOwn number detail screen (P239)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Mail/URL]Create a mail and access to a site with the saved address information.[Edit]You can edit the Own number detail screen.→P239[Send Ir data]Send information from your Own number detail screen via infrared communication.[Copy to microSD card]Copy information from your Own number detail screen to the microSD memory card.[Customize call]Change a saved number other than own number and makes a call using the updated number. You can save the phone number to the Phonebook using C[Save].XLon the Phone number entry screen XKtomove the cursor to the area to modify XChange thephone number XA[Reset]Delete all registered information of personal data.Checking Call Duration/Call CostYou can check the last and accumulated calldurations and costs of voice and video calls.• Voice call duration and digital communication duration (video call duration) are displayed for Call duration. Call duration includes both incoming and outgoing calls.• Call cost includes only outgoing calls. However, calls made to toll free numbers or the information number (104) have "0 YEN" or "䋪䋪 YEN" displayed.• Call costs are stored in the UIM. When a different UIM is used, the stored call costs appear (storing started in December, 2004).㶎䋺 FOMA handsets released before the 901i Series cannot display the call costs stored on a UIM (call costs are stored on the UIM).• The displayed call duration and call cost can be reset.• The displayed call duration and cost are approximate values and may be different from actual ones. Note that call cost does not include the consumption tax.Call durationChecking Call DurationYou can check the duration of the previous andaccumulated duration of voice and video calls.aM[Menu] X(Phonebook) X"Callduration"[Last call]Display duration of the latest call.[Received calls]Display the total duration of incoming calls from the last reset to now.[Dialed calls]Display the total duration of outgoing calls from the last reset to now.[All calls]Display the total duration of calls from the last reset to now.Note• If you change a mail address in i-mode, the address saved to this function will not be updated automatically.ComposemailAttach tomailComposeSMSConnect toURL䋺Creates an i-mode mail addressed to other than own number or own address.䋺Create an i-mode mail with Own number info. attached in vCard file format.䋺Creates a SMS message addressed to other than Own number.䋺Connects to the saved URL.Note• The call duration/cost for i-mode communication and packet communication is not included. For checking i-mode usage charges, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [i-mode]" which is supplied on your i-mode contract.
240Other Useful FunctionsTo reset individual item for "Call duration" settingsMove the cursor to the item to resetXI[Reset]XEnter the terminal security codeXSelect "Yes"To reset all items for "Call duration" settingsYou can reset all items at one time.XM[Menu]X[Reset all]XEnter the terminal security codeXSelect "Yes"Total Call CostChecking Call CostCall cost includes only outgoing calls.aM[Menu]X(Phonebook)X"Callcost"XTotal Call Cost[Last voice call cost]Display the previous call cost.[Last video call cost]Display the previous video call cost.[Total call cost]Display the total cost of calls from the last reset to now.[Reset date&time]Display the last reset date and time.Resetting Total Call CostaM[Menu]X(Phonebook)X"Callcost"XTotal Call CostbI[Reset]XEnter PIN2X"Yes"Set call cost limitSetting a Call Cost LimitSave the value of the maximum of total call cost toprevent further expenditure.aM[Menu]X(Phonebook)X"Callcost"X"Set call cost limit"bEnter the security codeXPerform thefollowing operations[Set limit]Set whether to limit the cost of calls.[Call cost limit]Set a limit on the cost of calls.[Notification]Select how to indicate that the cost of calls has reached the limit.If the limit is exceededThe call cost icon is shown on the Stand-by display. When you set "Set call cost limit" to "Sound+Icon", the call cost tone sounds after the call that broke the limit.To hide the Call cost iconYou can delete on the screen.XM[Menu]X(Phonebook)X"Call cost"X"Delete call cost icon"World ClockUsing the World ClockYou can view the date and time in major world citiesstored in the FOMA handset.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"WorldClock"•C[Change]: Change the selected city.The World time setting screen opens.aHome icon* The home city set in the World Clock is associated with the city set in "Local time zone". Changing the city in one setting changes the other city automatically. Therefore, you cannot change the Home city if "Auto time set" in "Set Date&Time" is set to "On".bThe currently specified city and timeNote• The displayed Call duration returns to 0 (zero) seconds and starts counting when the duration exceeds 99hours59minutesand59seconds.• The ringing and dialing durations are not counted.Note• International call costs to use WORLD CALL are counted. Call costs to use other international telephone services are not counted.Default OffOff䋺Not notify.Sound+Icon䋺Notify using the call cost icon + the call cost tone.Icon䋺Notify using the call cost icon.WorldClock ListScreenab
241Other Useful FunctionsbI[Add]•C[List]: Open the list of cities and select. Press M[Prev.] or I[Next] to switch the city name list by page.aThe selected city name, date, and timebDate and time of Home (own country)cPress Jto select a city to addThe selected city is added to the World clock list screen.Sub Menu of the World Clock List ScreenaWorld clock list screen (P240) XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Change home city]䋪1Change the city set as Home.[Change City]䋪2Changes the selected city.[Daylight Saving]䋪1Set whether to use Daylight savings time.X+1 hour"/"+2 hours"[Analog Clock On/Analog Clock Off]Set whether to display the analog clock on the World clock list screen.[Delete]䋪2Delete a selected city.[Delete all]䋪2Delete all cities except the Home city.䋪1䋺 This option cannot be selected when "Auto time set" is set to "On".䋪2䋺 This option is not displayed when the home city is selected.StopwatchUsing the StopwatchYou can use the FOMA handset as a stopwatch.aM[Menu]X(Lifekit)X"Stopwatch"•C[Start]/[Stop] : Start or stop counting. •I[Reset] : Reset the counted result.•I[Lap]: Each time you press this key, the lap time at that moment will be shown at the bottom of the screen.Unit ConverterUsing the Unit ConverterYou can convert the units for measuring currency,area, length, weight, temperature, volume, andspeed.Converting Currency UnitsThis option is useful when you exchange yen todollars.Setting the Exchange RateBefore converting, set the exchange rate.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Unitconverter"X"Currency"bSelect the currency unit fieldXM[Rate]cPerform the following operation•C[List] : List of the items is displayed.[Currency name field]Press C [Select] to change the currency name. Up to 7 full-pitch or 15 half-pitch characters can be entered. "YEN" in the top row cannot be changed.[Exchange rate field]Set the exchange rate. Up to 10 digits (including the decimal point) can be entered. Up to 2 digits can be entered after the decimal point. For example, to exchange between US dollars and yen (example: one US dollar is 120 yen), set 120 to "YEN" and 1 to "USD".•M䌛䊶䌝䋯# : Enter a decimal point.•Q : Delete from the last entered digit.dI[Done]Convert CurrenciesConvert the one currency to another based on therates set for those two currencies.World ClockSetting ScreenabCurrency hὑᦧ䊧 䊷䊃⸳ቯ↹㕙
242Other Useful FunctionsaSelect two currencies from theCurrency unit field in the Currencyconversion screen (P241).•C[List]: The Currency list screen opens.bEnter the amount in the value entry fieldof the source currencyThe converted amount will be displayed in the other value entry field.You can enter/convert in either value entry field.• Up to 10 digits (including the decimal point) can be entered.However, if the converted value exceeds 14 digits (including the decimal point) or 2,147,483,647, no more digits can be entered.• If the currency in the Currency unit field is changed after the amount was entered, the new amount will be displayed in the lower value entry field using the amount in the upper value entry field as the source.•# : Enter the decimal point.•Q : Delete from the last entered digit.•I[Reset]: Delete all entered numbers.Converting Area UnitsConvert one defined area unit to another type ofdefined area unit.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Unitconverter"X"Surface"bSelect a unit in the Surface unit field(two places)•C[Unit]: The unit list screen opens.cEnterthevalueinthe value entryfieldofthe source surfaceThe converted value will be displayed in the other value entry field.You can enter/convert in either value entry field.• The description of the values is the same as for the Currency conversion screen.Converting Temperature UnitsYou can convert temperature between Fahrenheitand Celsius.aM[Menu]X(Stationary)X"Unitconverter"X"Temperature"XEntertemperature either in "Celsius" or"Fahrenheit"The converted temperature will be displayed in the other value entry field. You can enter/convert in either value entry field.• From -40 to 309, or up to 10 digits (including – (minus) and the decimal point) can be entered.•M[-]: Enter - (minus) before the value.•# : Enter the decimal point.•Q: Delete from the last entered digit.•I[Reset]: Delete all entered numbers.Converting Length, Weight,Temperature, Volume, and SpeedUnitsaM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Unitconverter"X"Length"/"Weight"/"Temperature"/"Volume"/"Velocity"Perform the same steps as in "Converting Area Units" (P242).CalculatorUsing the CalculatorYou can use the Calculator to perform arithmeticoperations, memory calculations, percentagecalculations, etc.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Calculator"aKeyboardPress the dial keys, #, or * to operate.bArithmetic operation (+, -, X, ˜ (/)):Press K,C to operate.bCalculating•* : Enter a decimal point.•# : Enter ( ) parentheses.•Q : Delete from the last entered digit.•I[AC] : Clear all entered numbers and calculated results.Area unitconversionscreenCalculatorab
243Other Useful FunctionsSub Menu on the Calculator ScreenaCalculator screen (P242)XM[Func.]XPerform the following operations[䋫䋯䋭]Switch the sign (+/-) of the entered number.[sin]Calculate the tangent of an angle.[cos]Calculate the tangent of an angle.[tan]Calculate the tangent of an angle.[log]Calculate the logarithm of a number.[ln]Calculate the natural logarithm of a number.Calculate the natural logarithm of the specified positive value (logarithm with the base of e).[exp]Calculate the value of a number raised to an exponential level.[sqrt]Calculate the square root of a number.[deg]Set the unit of angle to "degree".[rad]Set the unit of angle to "radian".Radian expresses an angle using the constant number 㱜(180 degrees equal䊶adians).䇭One radian (360 degrees/2㱜) is approximately 57.29578 degrees. One degree (2㱜/360 degrees) is approximately 0.01745 radian (where 㱜=3.141592653).MemosUsing MemosCreating MemosCreate and save a memo. Up to 30 memos can beregistered.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Memo"XI[New]XPerform the followingoperations•C[List] : List of the items is displayed.[ (Category)]Select a type (category) of Memo.Icons vary depending on the selected category.[ (Subject)]Enter a memo. Up to 50 full-pitch or 100 half-pitch characters can be entered. A blank memo cannot be registered.bI[Done]Viewing a MemoYou can list and view registered memos.aM[Menu]X(Stationery)X"Memo"bSelect a memo to viewThe Memo detail screen opens.•C[Edit] : The new memo creation screen opens.•I[Mail] : Compose message screen on which the contents of "Category" and "Memo" are inserted in the body opens.Sub Menu on the Memo List Screen/MemoDetail ScreenaMemo list screen (P243)/Detail screen(P243)XM[Mene]XPerform thefollowing operations:[Add new]Register a new Memo.→P243[Send via]Send the selected memo as an i-mode mail attachment or via Infrared communication. Also, you can send all memo via Infrared communication.[Edit]Edit the selected Memo.→P243[Delete]Delete the selected Memo.[Multiple choice]䋪Select and delete memos.XPlace check marks next to memo todeleteXI[delete] X"Yes"• You can also select "Mark all" or "Unmark all" from "Mark/Unmark" by pressing M[Menu].New MemoCreation ScreenMemo ListScreen
244Other Useful Functions[Copy to microSD card]䋪Copy the selected Memo to the microSD memory card.䋪䋺 Not displayed on the Detail screen.Talking Using theflat-plug earphone/microphone with switchYou can connect an flat-plug earphone/microphonewith switch (optional) to the FOMA handset to makeand receive calls.Making a Call Using the SwitchPress the switch of the flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch to make a voice call to thenumber assigned to the memory number of thePhonebook set under the Earphone setting.aPress the switch of the flat-plugearphone/microphone with switchthree times.bTodisconnect the call, presstheswitchof the flat-plug earphone/microphonewith switch (for 1+ seconds)Receiving a Call Using the SwitchaA call arrives XPress the switch of theflat-plug earphone/microphone withswitchAnswer the call.• When a video call arrives, the camera image is sent to the other party.bTodisconnect the call, presstheswitchof the flat-plug earphone/microphonewith switch (for 1+ seconds)Receiving an Incoming Callduring a CallIf Call waiting service is subscribed and activatedwhen a voice call arrives during another voice call,you can answer the second call by pressing theswitch of the flat-plug earphone/microphone withswitch.aA call arrivesXPress the switch of theflat-plug earphone/microphone withswitchThe active voice call is placed on hold and you can answer the incoming call.bTodisconnect the call, presstheswitchof the flat-plug earphone/microphonewith switch (for 1+ seconds)Configuring Switch ActionsSpecify the party to call using a memory number ofthe Phonebook in the FOMA handset whenconnecting the flat-plug earphone/microphone withswitch.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Call/VT/Dialing"X"Earphone"XPerform thefollowing operations[Switch call]Select "On" to enable making calls by pressing the switch of the flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch.[Memory number]Enter the memory number from the Phonebook.This option can be selected from the Phonebook search screen by pressing C[Search].bI[Done]tAuto AnswerAutomatically Receiving aCall Connecting theflat-plug earphone/microphone with switchYou can set to receive a call automatically when theflat-plug earphone/microphone with switch isconnected after the set ring time has elapsed.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Call/VT/Dialing"X"Incoming voice call"X"Autoanswer"XPerform the followingoperationsNote• When using the flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch, a call will not be terminated when the handset is closed during the call.Default [Switch call] : OffDefault Auto answering: OffEarphoneSetting ScreenAuto AnswerSetting Screen
245Other Useful Functions[Auto answering]Select "On" to enable receiving calls automatically using the flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch.[Delayed time]Enter the time until the call is automatically received.bI[Done]Hour IndicationChiming the HourSet whether to sound a tone each hour, on the hour.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Date&time"X"Hour indication"XPerform thefollowing operations[Set sound]Specify the tone.X"Off"/"Sound 1"/"Sound 2"/"Sound 3"Press C[List] to open the Set sound list screen.Press Jto hear the selected sound. From the listscreen, press I[Play] XHto hear the sound.[Set time]Set the time to sound the tone.Use J to move the cursor to the position and enter the time with dial keys and switch betweenssssssssss "AM" and "PM" with C (pressing C in the time field opens the Time settings screen that allows you to enter time with dial keys and H).• Depending on the settings in "Date&Time format", the display order or format for the date and time may differ. P106bI[Done]Memory statusChecking Memory UsageYou can check used and free space of the FOMAhandset memory. If a microSD memory card isinserted, you can also check the usage of themicroSD memory card.•The space used in the FOMA handset includes the files/data for the following functions- Data box (My Pictures, i-motion, Melody, and Music)- Phonebook - Schedule - Holiday- Memo - To Do - Date searchaM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Other"X"Memory status"bSelect a memory to viewX "Data box memory"/"Personal info."/"UIM memory"/"microSD memory"Databox memory䋺Show the capacity of the "Data box".Personal info.䋺Show the amount of saved data in the Phonebook, Schedule, Holiday, Memo, To do, and Date counter.UIM memory䋺Show the memory status of the UIM.microSD memory䋺<*StepCLnHLead2l>Show the memory status of the microSD memory card.Reset/ClearRestoring VariousFunction Settings toTheir DefaultsYou can restore the settings of various functions tothe defaults.• For functions that can be restored to the defaults, see the "Menu List" (P282).aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Other"X"Reset/Clear"X"Reset settings"X"Yes"XEnter the security codeNote• When the Voice mail service, Call forwarding service, or Record message is activated, Auto answer is not available to receive a video call with the FOMA handset closed.• If the Auto Answer ring time is set to the same or shorter duration as the Voice mail or Call forwarding service, or Record message, this function takes precedence. However, if the ring time is set to the same duration as the response time in Record message, this function starts when the set ring tone sounds or the handset vibrates twice before the response time.Default Set sound : OffMemory StatusScreen
246Other Useful FunctionsClear memoryDeleting All Saved Data atOnceDelete the saved data.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Other"X"Reset/Clear"X"Clear memory"bCheck off the items to be deleted XI[Done] X"Yes" XEnter thesecurity codePre-installed data䋺Delete default data in "Data box".User-defined data䋺Delete all data other than default data in "Data box".PIM data䋺Delete data in the "Phonebook" and "Stationery".To delete data saved on the microSD memory cardYou can delete all data saved on the microSD memory card.XM[Menu] X(Settings) X"Others" X"Reset/Clear" X"Clear microSD" X"Yes" XEnter the security codeNote• Perform "Reset settings" only when the battery level is sufficient to complete the task.• While resetting, applications/communications are not available•After performing "Reset settings" , the ticker of the i-Channel will not appear. When the information is automatically updated, or you download the latest information by pressing Q for 1+ seconds, the ticker reappears automatically.Note• The total call duration and total call cost will not be deleted.• Protected data is also deleted.• Data saved in the FOMA handset will not be deleted.<Pre-installed data>• Some files that is used as default data or used for default settings are not deleted.
247Entering TextCharacter Input.................................................................................................................. 248Entering Characters.......................................................................................................... 249Configuring Character Input Settings ....................................................... Input Setting 251Modifying/Registering Common Phrases.................................................................Edit 251Copying/Cutting and Pasting Characters ....................................................................... 252Using the Kuten Code to Enter Characters ...................................... Kuten Code Input 253Registering Frequently Used Words ............................................................... Edit word 253Initializing Learned Data...................................................................... Reset Learnt Info 253Using Downloaded Dictionaries ...................................................Download Dictionary 254
248Entering TextCharacter InputVarious operations require entering characters,such as registering to the Phonebook or creatingmail. Learn how to enter characters to fully use theFOMA handset.Character Input ScreenThe Character input screen shows the current inputmode and operation guide.aAvailable number of charactersIndicates the number of remaining characters which can be entered, in bytes.bOperation guide fieldShows switching among pictographs, symbols, and emoticons, and switching between full- and half-pitch characters.cInput mode fieldShows the input mode.Switching Input ModesSwitch the input mode dependingon the charactersto enter.• In some input modes, you can switch between full and half-pitch characters.• Depending on the input screen, it may not be possible to switch input modes.aCharacter input screen(P248), pressI[Mode]bI[Change]/JXC[Select]Each press of I[Change] switches the input mode. Pressing H before C [Select] switches between full and half-pitch (excluding Hiragana or Kanji input mode).• After switching the input mode, you can enter characters in the selected input mode without pressing C [Select].ṽ䋺 Hiragana or Kanji characters input mode䉦(䍔䍣)䋺 Katakana characters input modea/A䋪(ab/AB䋪)䋺 Alpabetic characters input mode1 (12) 䋺Numbers input mode䋪䋺 Pressing M [Upper] changes to upper case.Entering Pictographs/Symbols/EmoticonsYou can switch the input modes of pictographs/symbols/emoticons using A.• Depending on the current input screen, these characters may not be entered or modes may not be switched.aCharacter input screen (P248) XAEach press of A switches the input mode, and the list screen opens.⛗䋺Characters input mode ⸥䋺Full-pitch symbols input mode䍕䍘䍼 䍑䋺 Half-pitch symbols input mode㗻䋺Emoticons input modebMove the cursor to the desiredpictograph/symbol/emoticon XC[Select]The selected character will be entered.䂓Available Keys on the List Screen and TheirFunctions]CharacterInputcbaKey Description#䋯EDisplay list screens in the order of the screen numbers.*䋯FDisplay list screens in the reverse order of the screen numbers.1䋯2䋯3Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the top row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen.4䋯5䋯6Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the middle row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen.7䋯8䋯9Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the bottom row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen.0Switch between "Pictograph1" and "Pictograph2" on the Pictograph list screen.
249Entering TextEntering CharactersIn the Hiragana and Kanji input mode, you can entercharacters using the Prediction function thatpredicts conversion options from the charactersbeing entered, and the Next phrase predictionfunction that predicts the next phrase.• You can turn the Prediction function on or off in "Prediction" in "Input setting".• For characters that can be entered with the keys, see "Dial Keys Assignments to Characters" (P296).Example: Entering characters in the Hiragana andKanji input modeaEntering on Characterinput screen(P248)Character Entry fieldPrediction option field Conversion options predicted by the Prediction function are displayed.• If the Prediction is set to "Off", conversion options will not appear.• Approximately 1.5 seconds after characters were entered, the cursor moves to right automatically and the entered characters are fixed (Auto cursor function). However, this function does not work in the numeric input mode. The Auto cursor function can be disabled, or the duration before characters are fixed can be changed.→P250 • Pressing R also fixes the entered characters (pressing D also fixes characters in other than the Hiragana and Kanji input mode).䂓The usable keys and function except for enteringcharacterbUse Hto move the cursor to theconversion option field•C [Set]: Fix the entered characters. In the Hiragana and Kanji input mode, press this key to fix the characters without converting them.{0>M䌛䉦䊅⧷ᢙ䌝䋺<}•M [KanaA1]: Display conversion options combined with Katakana and alphanumeric characters.•I[Conv.]: Display conversion options without using the Prediction function. Press when there is no conversion option you want to enter at the prediction option field.cMove the cursor to the characters toconvert XC[Select]The entered characters are fixed. Conversion options predicted by the Next phrase prediction function appear in the display area. If desired characters are displayed, perform Step 2 ? 3 to select and enter the characters.•Press Q to cancel conversion and to resume entering characters.Converting Characters without the PredictionFunctionPerform the following steps if desired characters are not shown as conversion options or if the Prediction is set to "Off":a Enter characters on the Character input screen(P280)• After entering characters, if the cursor is in the Predicted conversion option area, press Q to move the cursor to the character input area.bI[Conv.]:onversion options for the highlighted area will be displayed.• To change the highlighted area, use J to move the cursor.c Use H to move the cursor to the conversion option display aread Move the cursor to the characters to convert →C [Select]The entered characters are fixed. As each phrase is converted, the next phrase will be highlighted.Key Description**Toggle between upper and lower case.The key is not available for characters that cannot be toggled and in the Numeric input mode. Characters that can take a voiced symbol will be toggled after the voiced symbol is added. #䋯DEnter a line feed to characters converted or fixed. Only $D$ is available in the Numeric input mode.#(1+ seconds)Restore the previous state of a character converted or fixed.X "Yes"/"No" QErase the character in front of the cursor. Q(1+ seconds)Erase all characters converted or fixed after the cursor. When the cursor is at the end of text, all characters will be erased.#Display the characters assigned to a key in the reverse order by pressing this key before characters are fixed.Key Description
250Entering TextSub Menu on the Character Input Screen• Displayed items vary depending on the options or entered characters on the Character input screen.aCharacter input screen (P248)XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Common phrases]Select and enter a saved common phrase.[Edit character]Copy or cut characters specifying a range and paste. Go to Step 2 (P252) in "Copying/Cutting and Pasting Characters".[Edit word]Register a word. → P253[Quote][Input setting][Special input][Cancel]Erase all entered characters.䋪䋺 Use A to switch the input screen.→P248Entering Common PhrasesYou can enter text using common phrases saved inthe FOMA handset.• As a default, "Original-1" and "Original-2" are empty.aCharacter input screen (P248) XM[Menu] X"Common phrases"X"Fixedsentence"The selecting of the Common phrase type screen appears.bSelect a type XSelect a commonphraseThe common phrase is entered.Entering Pictographs/Symbols/EmoticonsYou can switch the input modes of pictographs/symbols/emoticons using A.• Depending on the current input screen, these characters may not be entered or modes may not be switched.aCharacter input screen (P248) XAEach press of A switches the input mode, and the list screen opens.⛗䇭 䋺 Characters input mode ⸥䇭 䋺 Full-pitch symbols input mode 䍕䍘䍼 䍑 䋺 Half-pitch symbols input mode㗻䇭 䋺 Emoticons input modebMove the cursor to the desiredpictograph/symbol/emoticon XC[Select]The selected character will be entered.䂓Available Keys on the List Screen and TheirFunctionsFixedsentenceEdit䋺Select and enter a saved common phrase.䋺You can create and save a common phrase, or edit a saved common phrase. → P251PhonebookOwn number䋺Quote an entry to the Phonebook.䋺Quote your phone number. The security code is required to quote.Bar Code Reader䋺Quote information scanned with the bar code reader.Full/Half 䋺Switch between full-/half-pitch input mode.Upper/Lower䋺Switch between upper/lower case input mode in the Alphabetic modePrediction䋺Activate or deactivate the prediction function. → P251Auto cursor䋺Set whether to automatically fix the entered characters and move the cursor. → P251SpaceLine FeedKuten codePictographFull symbolHalf symbolEmoticon䋺Enter a space before the cursor.䋺Enter a linefeed before the cursor.䋺Enter a character using its Kuten code.→ P253䋺Select and enter a pictograph from a list.䋺Select and enter a full-pitch symbol from a list.䋺Select and enter a half-pitch symbol from a list.䋺Select and enter an emoticon from a list.Note• Common phrases can be edited/registered.→P251• Common phrase list →P300Key Description#䋯EDisplay list screens in the order of the screen numbers.*䋯FDisplay list screens in the reverse order of the screen numbers. 1䋯2䋯3Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the top row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen.⛗ᢥሼ৻ⷩ↹㕙
251Entering Text䂓Entering Pictographs/Symbols/EmoticonsConsecutivelyCharacters of each input mode can be consecutively entered.XEach input mode screen I[Cont.] Xselectcharacters consecutively XI[Set]Editing EmoticonsaM [Menu] (Settings) X "Others" X"Character input X "Edit emotionThe Edit Emoticon screen opens.bSelect a category X Select an emoticon to edit XI [Edit]The character input screen opens with the selected emoticon entered.cChange the Emoticon XC[Set]The changed emoticon is overwritten and saved.Input SettingConfiguring CharacterInput SettingsConfigure various settings related to characterinput.Set PredictionTurn On/Off the Prediction function that displaysconversion options predicted to succeed enteredHiragana characters.aCharacter input screen(P248) M[Menu] X"Input setting" X"Prediction"X"ON"/"OFF"Fixing Entered CharactersAutomaticallyYou can configure the input method so that theinput characters are automatically fixed after thetimeout you set, then the cursor moves to a newposition for the next input.aCharacter input screen(P248)M[Menu] X"Input setting" X"Autocursor" XSelect the durationOff 䋺Characters are not automatically fixed.Slow䋺Characters are fixed approximately two seconds after being entered.Normal䋺Characters are fixed approximately one and a half seconds after being entered.Fast䋺Characters are fixed approximately one second after being entered.EditModifying/RegisteringCommon PhrasesRegister frequently used greetings or phrases ascommon phrases to enter them quickly.Registering Common PhrasesNewly defined common phrases can be saved in"Original-1" or "Original-2". Up to eight commonphrases can be saved to each folder.aCharacter input screen(P248) M[Menu]X"Common phrases"X"Edit"The common phrase types are listed.b"Original-1"/"Original-2"XMove thecursor to a position to add the phraseto XI[Edit]Up to 64 full-pitch or 128 half-pitch characters can be entered.4䋯5䋯6Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the middle row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen. 7䋯8䋯9Move the cursor to the left/center/right of the bottom row on the Pictograph/symbol list screen. 0Switch between "Pictograph1" and "Pictograph2" on the Pictograph list screen.Note• Symbol and Special Characters list → P297• Pictograph and emoticon lists→P298, P299Default OnNote• You can also set the Prediction input by performing the following steps: M[Menu]X(Settings) X"Others" X"Character input" X"Prediction input" X"On"/"Off"Key DescriptionDefault NormalEdit CommonPhrase ListScreenEdit CommonPhrase screen
252Entering TextcEnter text to register XC[Set]The common phrase is registered.Editing Pre-installed CommonPhrasesYou can edit a pre-installed common phrase.aCharacter input screen(P248)M[Menu]X"Common phrases"X"Edit"XSelect a common phrase typebMove the cursor to a phrase XC[Edit]The Common phrase edit screen opens with the selected common phrase entered.•Press M[Select] to open the full screen with the common phrase entered.cEdit the common phrase XC[Set]The common phrase is registered.Common Phrase Edit Screen Sub MenuaTheEditcommonphrasescreen(P251)XM[Menu] Xperform the followingoperations:Reset allRestore all common phrases to their defaults.CancelTerminate editing a common phrase.Sub Menu on the Common Phrase List/Display All ScreenaCommon phrase list screen (P252) XM[Menu]XPerform the followingoperations[Delete 1 item]Delete the selected common phrase.[Reset 1 item]䋪1Restore the selected common phrase to its default.[Category reset]䋪2Restore all common phrases in the category to their defaults.[Cancel]End editing a common phrase.㶎1䋺 A common phrase whose type is "Original-1" or "Original-2". Cannot be selected.㶎2䋺 Not displayed in the sub menu for full screen Common phrases.Copying/Cutting andPasting CharactersYou can copy/cut characters and paste them toother locations or on other screens. Copied/cutcharacters can be pasted any number of times untilthe FOMA handset is turned off or differentcharacters are copied/cut.aCharacter input screen (P248) XM[Menu] X"Edit character" X"Copy"/"Cut"bUse Kto move the cursor to thestarting point XC[Select]cUse Kto move the cursor to theending point XC[Select]dOpen the character input destinationscreen XUse Kto move the cursor tothe position to pasteeM[Menu] X"Edit character" X"Paste" X"Yes"• To undo a cut or paste operation, select M[Menu] X "Edit character" X "Undo"Note• You can also edit common phrases saved in a user-defined folder.• You can also perform the following steps to save or edit a common phrase.M[Menu]X(Settings)X"Others"X"Character input"X"Edit common phrase""Greeting"CommonPhrase ListScreenNote• If copied or cut text contains more characters than the allowable number of characters, the excess characters are deleted when pasted.• Characters can be pasted only if copied or cut text can be entered in the destination text. For example, Hiragana or Kanji characters cannot be pasted in the mail address field (half-pitch alphanumeric characters).• Line feeds in a copied text string are replaced with half-pitch spaces if the text is pasted to an input screen that does not allow linefeeds.
253Entering TextKuten Code InputUsing the Kuten Code toEnter CharactersYou can enter a 4-digit Kuten Code to entercharacters, numeric symbols, etc.• For the "Kuten Code List", refer to the "Kuten Code List" on the included CD-ROM in PDFformataCharacter input screen (P248) XM[Menu] X"Special input" X"Kutencode"bEnter the Kuten code (4-digit number) for the character XC[Select]The associated character is entered.• You can also select characters by moving the cursor with K.䂓Entering Kuten Codes ConsecutivelyYou can enter consecutive characters using Kuten codes.X Kuten code input screen I [Cont.] Xselect characters consecutively XI[Set]Edit wordRegistering FrequentlyUsed WordsYou can register up to 100 words not listed asconversion options, or words with difficultreadings,along with the readings. Registered words will bedisplayed as conversion options when the readingsare entered.aCharacter input screen (P248) XM[Menu] X"Edit word"The Registered word list screen opens.• To view registered words, select a dictionary and press C.bI[Add] XSelect or save thefollowing item[Reading]Enter the reading that is used to find the registered word. Up to 20 full-pitch Hiragana characters only can be entered.[Word]Enter the word to register. Up to 20 full-pitch or 40 half-pitch characters can be entered. On the Character input screen, after the characters of a "Reading" are entered, the registered word appears as a conversion option.cI[Store]<StepLead2Col>The word is registered to the dictionary.Deleting WordsYou can delete one word or all words registeredusing "Edit dictionary".Example: Deleting one wordaMove the cursor to the world to deleteon the Stored word list screen (P253)bM[Menu]X"Delete 1 item" X"Yes"The selected word will be deleted.䂓To delete all wordsSelect M [Menu] X "Delete all" X "Yes" on the Stored word list screen.Reset Learnt InfoInitializing Learned DataRestore the learned data concerning characterentry saved in the FOMA handset to its default.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"Others"X"Character input" X"Reset learntinfo" X"Yes"/"No"Learned DataLearned data consists of recorded characters entered and converted by selecting from conversion options, or characters fixed by pressing C without conversion. The next time you enter the same first character, the learned word appears as the first conversion option.Kuten CodeInput ScreenNote• You can also perform the following steps to register a word.XM[Menu] X (Settings) X "Others" X"Character input" X "Edit word"
254Entering TextDownload DictionaryUsing DownloadedDictionariesYou can enable dictionaries downloaded fromi-mode sites, etc. and use them for characterconversion. Up to five dictionaries can be enabled.• Up to ten dictionaries can be stored in the FOMA handset.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"Others"X"Character input" X"Downloaddictionary"bPlace a check mark next to a dictionaryto enable XC[Enable]The dictionary is enabled.䂓To disable a dictionarySelect an enabled dictionary and press C[Disable].Downloading dictionariesYou can download dictionaries from the following site:<Confirming>Sub Menu on the Downloaded DictionaryScreenaDownloaded dictionary screen (P254)XM[Menu] XPerform the followingoperations•I[View] : Display details of the dictionary.[Delete 1 item]Delete the selected dictionary.[Delete all]Delete all listed dictionaries.DownloadedDictionaryScreen(Image to beadded)
255Network ServicesNetwork Services Available ............................................................................................. 256Voice Mail Service............................................................................................Voice Mail 256Call Waiting....................................................................................................Call Waiting 257Call Forwarding Service ......................................................................... Call forwarding 259Nuisance Call Blocking .............................................................Nuisance Call Blocking 259Caller ID Notification Service ........................................................ Caller ID Notification 260Caller ID Request .................................................................................Caller ID Request 260Set In-call Arrival Act .................................................................... Set In-call Arrival Act 260Selecting Reaction to Incoming Call during a Call ...........................In-call Arrival Act 261Dual Network .............................................................................................. Dual Network 261English Guidance................................................................................ English Guidance 261Service Numbers.................................................................................. Service Numbers 262Setting Remote Control ......................................................................... Remote Control 262Multi Number .............................................................................................. Multi Number 262Using OFFICEED ............................................................................................................... 250Registering and Using Service ....................Additional Services (USSD Registration) 263Registering Additional Guidance ................................................. Additional Guidance 264This manual describes overview of network services through operations of FOMA handset menus.For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".
256Network ServicesNetwork ServicesAvailableThe following DoCoMo network services areavailable on the FOMA handset: For descriptionsand usage of each service, see the pages listed inthe table below.• You cannot use network services while out of service area or where there are no signals received.• For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide[Network services]".• For subscription or inquiry, contact the "DoCoMo Information Center" listed on the back of this manual.Voice MailVoice Mail ServiceWhen your handset is out of service area orswitched off, or you cannot answer a call, thisservice automatically responds to incoming voice/video calls and records messages.• Up to 3 minutes can be recorded per voice message, and messages can be recorded for up to 20 voice calls and 20 video calls. Messages are retained at the center for up to 72 hours.• When a message is recorded, (with the number of received messages) appears at the Stand-by display. However, a video message is recorded, does not appear at the Stand-by display but Incoming mail information(SMS) notifies you of the messages.• When Record Message (P71) is activated concurrently, to use the Voice mail service first, set the ringing time of the Voice mail service shorter than the Response Time of Record Message.• If you do not answer an incoming voice or video call when the Voice mail service is activated, the call is recorded as a "Missed Call" in Received Calls and the Missed call notification screen opens.Basic Flow of Voice Mail ServiceStep 1 : Set to activate the serviceStep 2 : Receive a call䋪Step 3 : Caller records a messageStep 4 : Replays message䋪䋺 When you are in a hurry, you may want to record a message without Response Greeting of Voice mail service. In such a case, you can immediately start message recording mode by pressing #.Service nameSubscription MonthlychargeReferenceVoice mail service Required Charged P256Call waiting Required Charged P257Call ForwardingService Required Free P259Nuisance CallBlocking service Required Free P259Caller IDnotification service Notrequired Free P260Caller ID Requestservice Notrequired Free P260Dual Network serviceRequired Charged P261English guidance Notrequired Free P261Multi number Required Charged P262PublicMode (DriveMode) Notrequired Free P68Public Mode(Power OFF) Notrequired Free P70OFFICEED Required Charged P250For services requiring subscription, contact"DoCoMo Information Center" on the back ofthis manual.Note• "Deactivate" does not mean canceling the contract of a service such as Voice mail or Call forwarding service.• This manual describes overview of network services through operations of FOMA handset menus. For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".• Network service is also available overseas.→P278• When a new network service is provided from DoCoMo, it can be registered to the menu. (Additional Services) →P263Note• When you are in the service area or FOMA handset is ON in Step 2, a ring tone sounds until Ringing Time set elapses. When an incoming call is not answered while a ring tone is sounding, it is connected to Voice mail service center. The ring time can be changed.• When a message is recorded in Step 3, appears at the Stand-by display and missed call history is stored in Received Calls.• Even the Voice mail service is disabled, you can forward an incoming voice call to the Voice mail center manually using the sub menu.→P66• To change the setting to connect video calls to the Voice mail service, make a voice call to "1412".
257Network ServicesUsing Voice Mail ServiceaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Voicemail" XPerform the followingoperations[Active voice mail]Activate the Voice mail service.[Set ring time]Set time before connecting to Voice mail service center after receiving a call.[Deactivate voice mail]Deactivate the Voice mail service.[Check voice mail setting]Check the current setting of "Voice mail". PressM[Menu] to select to activate/deactivate the Voice mail service or to set a ring time.[Play messages]Play back the recorded voice mail message.[Voice mail setting]Make a call to Voice mail service center and change the settings according to the voice guidance.[Check messages]Check if new messages are arrived or not.[Notify missed call]Through SMS, notify you of the missed calls arrived while the handset is turned off or out of service area. You obtain the notification next time the handset is turned on or moves into the service area.[Delete voice mail icon]Delete in the icon area.[Tone/Vibration message notification]Activate or deactivate the ring tone when receiving a new message.Notify Missed Call"Notify missed call" is a service that notifies youthrough SMS of received calls arrived while thehandset is out of service area or turned off. Whenyou move into the service area or the handset isturned on, the short message is sent to you.• This cannot be operated from a menu.• For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".a":2001" is enteredXASubsequently, follow the voice guidance.Call WaitingCall WaitingWhen a call arrives during another call, a calltermination during a call sounds. You can place theactive call on hold and answer the other call. Or,you can place the active call on hold to makeanother call.• To use the "Call waiting" service, set "In-call arrival act" (P261) to "Answer" in advance. If this option is set otherwise, a voice call that arrives during another voice call cannot be answered even if the "Call waiting" service is activated.• The caller continues to be charged call fee during call hold.• The Call waiting service is not available if:- Dialing a number or ringing the other party- A voice call arrives during a video call- A video call arrives during a voice callUsing Call WaitingaM[Menu] X(Service)X"Callwaiting"XPerform the followingoperations[Activate call waiting]Activate the "Call waiting" service.[Deactivate call waiting]Deactivate the "Call waiting" service.[Check call waiting setting]Check the whether the "Call waiting" service is activated or deactivated.Activate missedcall notificationDeactivatemissed callnotificationCheck missedcall notificationsetting䋺Activate the "Notify missed call" service.䋺Deactivate the "Notify missed call" service.䋺Check the status of the "Notify missed call" setting.Note• Up to 5 received calls are provided by 1 missed-call notification.• Even when you activate "SMS৻᜝ᜎุ (Reject All SMS)", the notification will be received.• Charges do not apply for setting or receiving the notification (through SMS).
258Network ServicesAnswering Call Putting CurrentCall on HoldWhen there is an incoming call during current VoiceCall, you hear a call termination tone during a callfrom the Earpiece and incoming call screen opens.aReceive a call XAThe active voice call is placed on hold and you can answer the incoming call. A message "Connecting 3-way" is shown on the 3-way connecting screen.•I[Switch]: Each time you press this key, the active call switches to held call or vise versa.•C[Spk on/Spk off]: Toggle Hands-free On or Off.•P: Disconnect the active call.Making a Call Putting Current Callon HoldYou can make a new voice call, putting a currentvoice call on hold.aVoice call screen (P49)XM[Menu]X"New call" XEnter a phone numberXAThe new call becomes active, the previous call is placed on hold, and the connecting 3-way screen opens.• To activate a call put on hold, press M[Menu] X [Switch].• To disconnect a call put on hold, activate it with the above procedure and press P.Answering Incoming CallTerminating Current CallAnswer an incoming voice call, terminating thecurrent voice call. You can answer the call evenwhen using the "Call waiting" service.aIncoming callXM[Menu]X"Endactive call "A voice call termination screen opens and then the incoming voice call screen for the incoming call opens.䂓To answer after disconnecting a call put onhold while connecting 3-way, or to answerafter terminating a call on holdM[Menu] X "End the call" X "End held call"• The held call is terminated, and you can talk to the caller of the incoming call.bASub Menu of the Incoming Call Screenduring a CallaWhen a call arrives during a call, pressM[Menu] Xperform the followingoperations:Voice mail*1Connect the incoming call to the Voice mail service center.[Call rejection]Reject an incoming call and hang up.[Call forwarding]*2Transfer an incoming call to a specified number.[End active call]Terminate the active call. A call is being received.[Silent/Unmute]Mute or unmute the current call.㶎1䋺Not available unless you subscribe to the Voice mail service.㶎2䋺Not available if you are not subscribed to the Call forwarding service or if you have not specified a forwarding number.3-way Connecting Screen Sub MenuaThe 3-way connecting screen XM[Menu] Xperform the followingoperations:[Switch]Switch between the active call and held call.[End call]Select and terminate a call.[Silent/Unmute]Mute or unmute the current call.[Send My Info.]Create i-mode mail with own number entered in the message text.P161[Search phonebook]*Search for a Phonebook entry.P83㶎䋺 <*Ast:2col>This cannot be used when a call is being made from Redial or a log or while Phonebook is running.To use this function, terminate those applications from the task list screen.P231End all callsEnd held callEnd all calls䋺Terminate the active call. The held call automatically becomes active.䋺Terminate the held call.䋺Terminate all calls.
259Network ServicesCall forwardingCall Forwarding ServiceWhen your handset is out of service area orswitched off, or a call was not answered within theset ringing time, this service forwards the voice/video call.• Forwarded to only a Video phone conforming to 3G-324M if a video call comes in.• The subscriber to the "Call forwarding" service is changed the call cost for forwarding a call to a forwarding destination.• This service is not available with some billing plans.• When Record message (P71) is activated concurrently, to use the "Call forwarding" service first, set the ringing time of the "Call forwarding" service shorter than the "Ring time" of "Record message".• If an incoming voice or video call was not answered when the "Call forwarding" service is activated, the call is recorded as a "Missed call" in "Missed call logs" and the Missed call notification screen is displayed.Basic Flow of the "Call forwarding"ServiceStep 1 : Register a phone number of forwardingdestinationStep 2 : Set to activate the serviceStep 3 : Incoming call arrivesStep 4 : Forward call to forwarding destinationUsing Call Forwarding ServiceaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Callwaiting" XPerform the followingoperations[Activate call forwarding]Activate the "Call forwarding" service.[Deactivate call forwarding]Deactivate the "Call forwarding" service.[Register the forwarding number]Register a phone number of forwarding destination. Press M[Search] to locate the destination from a Phonebook.[Setting if forwarding number busy]Set whether to connect to Voice mail service center when the forwarding destination is busy.[Check Call Forwarding setting]Check the current setting of "Call forwarding" service.Enable or Disable ForwardingGuidance• This cannot be operated from a menu.• For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".aEnter "1429" XASubsequently, follow the voice guidance.Nuisance Call BlockingNuisance Call BlockingThis service rejects incoming nuisance calls. After aphone number is registered to be rejected, allincoming calls from that number will beautomatically rejected, and the voice guidance isplayed to the caller.• Up to 30 phone numbers can be registered.• Even when a call arrives from the phone number to be rejected, the ring tone does not sound. Also, the call is not recorded in Missed call logs.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Nuisance call blocking" XPerform thefollowing operations[Register nuisance caller]Set to reject the phone number of the last incoming call received and you talked over.Note• When you are in the service area or the handset is turned on in Step 3, a ring tone sounds until "Ring time" you set elapses. When an incoming call is not answered while a ring tone is sounding, it is forwarded to a forwarding destination. The ring time can be changed.• When the call is forwarded in Step 4, it is recorded as a "Missed call" in "Missed call logs".• Even with the "Call forwarding" service is deactivated, an incoming call can be forwarded to a forwarding destination manually from the sub menu.→P66• You cannot answer a call when you do not subscribe to the "Call waiting" service even if you hear a call termination tone during a call.• When a forwarded call arrives, only the caller's phone number or name is displayed. The forwarding party's information will not be displayed.Register theforwardingnumberSet ring time䋺Register a phone number of forwarding destination. Press M[Search] to locate the destination from a Phonebook.䋺Set the duration of time from when the call arrives until the call is forwarded.
260Network Services[Register selected number]Set to reject the phone number you selected.X"Phonebook" / "Recent call logs" / "Manually"[Delete all entries]Delete all phone numbers registered as nuisance caller.[Delete last entry]The last registered phone number is deleted. Repeat the same steps to delete one phone number from last saved one at a time.[Check the number of entries]Check the number of the rejected callers.Specifying a Phone Number to BeRejected• This cannot be operated from a menu.• For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".aEnter "144" XASubsequently, follow the voice guidance.Caller ID NotificationCaller ID NotificationServiceYou can notify the other party of your caller ID(phone number) when you call. Your ID will bedisplayed on the screen of the other party's phone,when the party is using a digital telephony/handset.• Your Caller ID is valuable information. Be cautious about sending your Caller ID.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Caller IDnotification" XPerform the followingoperations[Activate/Deactivate caller ID notification]Notify the party of your caller ID when you dialed last time. You need to enter network security code to configure the setting.X"Notify/No notify"[Check Caller ID notification setting]Check the current setting of "Caller ID notification".Caller ID RequestCaller ID RequestThis service responds a voice/video call withoutCaller ID, plays a voice guidance requesting to sendCaller ID, and terminates the call automatically.• Calls that were not answered due to the Caller ID request are not recorded in Received Calls, and the Missed Call notification screen does not appear.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Caller IDrequest" XPerform the followingoperations[Activate caller ID request]Activate the caller ID request.[Deactivate caller ID request]Deactivate the caller ID request.[Check caller ID request setting]Check the current setting of "Caller ID request".Set In-call Arrival ActSet In-call Arrival ActActivate or deactivate incoming call actions set in"In-call arrival act" Also, you can check the currentsettings.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Checkin-call arrival act. setting" XPerformthe following operations[Activate in-call arrival act]Activate the reaction set in "Arrival call act"[Deactivate in-call arrival act]Deactivate the reaction set in "Arrival call act"[Check in-call arrival act. setting]Check the current setting of "Set in-call arrival act".Note• This service is applicable only to calls with "User unset" set as a reason for hiding caller ID.
261Network ServicesIn-call Arrival ActSelecting Reaction toIncoming Call during aCallYou can set how to respond to an incoming voice/video call during a call when you subscribe to theVoice mail, Call waiting, and Call forwardingservices.• You cannot respond to an incoming call during a call if you do not subscribe to the Voice mail, Call waiting, and Call forwarding services.• Activate "Set in-call arrival act." to use "In-call arrival act" options.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"In-callarrival act" XPerform the followingoperations[Answer]Respond to incoming call. Incoming call action will follow the settings of the Voice mail, Call waiting, and Call forwarding services, when they are activated.[Voice mail]The Voice mail service is used. Voice mail service comes before "Call waiting".[Call forwarding]Forward a call to the phone number you registered beforehand. "Call forwarding" comes before "Voice mail" and "Call waiting".[Call rejection]Reject a call.Dual NetworkDual NetworkThis service allows you to use the mova service withyour FOMA handset phone number. You can switchbetween FOMA and mova depending on the servicearea.• You cannot use the FOMA service and mova service concurrently.• Switch the services using the Dual Network service when the handset is not accessing network services.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Dual network" XPerform thefollowing operations[Dual network switching]Switch mova to FOMA to make FOMA handset available.[Check dual network setting]Check the status of the setting.English GuidanceEnglish GuidanceThe voice guidance played when a network servicesuch as Voice mail service is activated or when thehandset is out of service area can be played inEnglish.䂓Incoming calls (Guidance to the caller)䂓Outgoing calls (Guidance to yourself)• When the caller is using this service at the same time, the caller's settings for making calls have precedence over the receiver's settings for receiving calls.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"English guidance" XPerform thefollowing operations[Guidance Setting]Configure the guidance setting.[Check guidance setting]Check the current setting of "Guidance Setting".Default AnswerNote• When switching from FOMA to mova, operate from a mova handset.<Dual network switching>• Switching the network during communication forcibly terminates it.Language DescriptionJapanese Voice guidance is played in Japanese.Japanese+English English guidance will follow the Japanese guidance.English+Japanese Japanese guidance will follow the English guidance.Language DescriptionJapaneseVoice guidance is played in Japanese.English Voice guidance is played in English.Outgoing+Incoming callOutgoing callIncoming call䋺Set guidance languages either for incoming and outgoing call. Select the language after you select "Yes".䋺Set a guidance language for outgoing call. Select the language after you select "Yes".䋺Set a guidance language for incoming call. Select the language after you select "Yes".Continue on the next page
262Network ServicesService NumbersService NumbersYou can make a call to DoCoMo Information Centerand contacts for inquiries concerning malfunctions.• Depending on your UIM, the items displayed may differ or some items may not be displayed.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Service numbers" XPerform thefollowing operations[Malfunction inquiries]Make a call to contacts for inquiries concerning malfunctions.[General Information]Make a call to DoCoMo Information Center.Remote ControlSetting Remote ControlYou can set a landline phone or pay phone withpush system, or DoCoMo handset to operate the"Voice mail" or "Call forwarding" service.• To use the "Voice mail" or "Call forwarding" services overseas, remote operation must be activated in advance.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Remote control" XPerform thefollowing operations[Activate Remote control]Activate Remote control.[Deactivate Remote control]Deactivate Remote control.[Check remote control setting]Check the status of the remote control setting.Multi NumberMulti NumberThis service allows you to use up to 2 extra phonenumbers, additional number 1 and additionalnumber 2, as your FOMA handset phone number inaddition to the basic subscription number.• On the Dialing/Incoming screen, icons corresponding to Multi number (Basic number/Additional number1/Additional number2) appear.• When dialing from Dialed calls or Received calls, the Multi number dialed from/received to is displayed, and this number is used to dial.Number SettingsRegistering Additional Number(s)You can register or set name, number/ring tone foradditional numbers.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Multi number" X"Number settings"XPerform the following operations[Basic Number : Name]Enter a name for the Basic number.[Phone number]Display your phone number (Basic number).[Additional no1 : Name]Enter a name of additional number 1.[Phone number]Enter a phone number of additional number 1.[Additional no2 : Name]Enter a name of additional number 2.[Phone number]Enter a phone number of additional number 2.bI[Done]Setting the Primary NumberYou can set a registered additional number as theprimary number used for making ordinary calls.aM[Menu] X(Service)X"Others"X"Multi number" X"Set multi number"X"Basic number"/"Additional number1"/"Additional number2" X"Yes"Confirming the Primary NumberSettingsaM[Menu]X(Service) X"Others"X"Multi number" X[Check settings]"Numbersettings" screen
263Network ServicesSetting Dial Number for Each CallaEnter a phone numberbM[Menu] X"Multi number" XEntera name of the additional numbercASetting Ring Tone and ImageaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Multinumber" X"Ring tone&imagesetting" XSelect an additional numberXPerform the following operations•C[List] : List of the items is displayed.[Individual setting]Select whether to set the ring tone or image.[Ring tone]Set the ring tone.[Call display]Set an image to be shown on the incoming call screen.bI[Done]Additional Services (USSD Registration)Registering and UsingServiceWhen DoCoMo adds a new network service, youcan add the service into the menu. Up to 10 newnetwork services can be registered.Adding ServiceRegister a service name and "Special number"/"Service number (USSD)" informed from DoCoMo.• Special number is a number used to connect to Service Center.• Service number (USSD) is a code used to notify to Service Center.aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Additional Service" XMove thecursor to "Not recorded" XI[Edit]XPerform the following operations[USSD code]Register Service number (USSD).[Service name]Enter a service name.bC[OK]Sub Menu on Additional Service List ScreenaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Additional service" XM[Menu]XPerform the following operations[Edit]Modify a selected service.[Select]䋪1Perform the selected service.[Delete]䋪1Delete a selected service.[Delete all]䋪2Delete all services added.䋪1䋺 Appears only when the recorded item is selected.䋪2䋺 This option appears only when more than one item is recorded.Note• When a dial number is selected, the phone number is followed by ":590# (Basic number)"/":591# (Additional number 1)"/":592#(Additional number 2)".Musici-motionMelodyOff䋺Selects the music saved in "Music" in the "Data box "folder.→P224䋺Select a movie/i-mode saved in "i-motion" in "Data box".→P201䋺Set the ring tone. DX Select a melody saved in "Melody" under the "Data box".→P204䋺Do not set the ring tone.Imagei-motion䋺Select an image saved in "My picture" under "Data box".→P194䋺Select a movie/i-mode saved in "i-motion" in "Data box".→P201Additionalnumber settingAdditionalservices editscreen
264Network ServicesPerforming Added ServicesaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Additional service" XSelect aserviceConnect to Service Center.Additional GuidanceRegistering AdditionalGuidanceYou can register up to 10 guidance for code (USSD)returned from Service Center when an addedservice makes a connection to Service Center withservice code (USSD).aM[Menu] X(Service)X"Others"X"Additional guidance" XMove thecursor to "Not recorded" XI[Edit]XPerform the following operations[USSD code]Register Special number/Service number (USSD).[Reply message]Register an Additional guidance name.bC[OK]Sub Menu on the Additional Guidance ListScreenaM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others" X"Additional guidance" XM[Menu] XPerform the following operations[Edit]Modify the selected guidance.[Delete]䋪1Delete a selected/displayed guidance.[Delete all]䋪2Delete all guidance.䋪1䋺 Appears only when the recorded item is selected.䋪2䋺 This option appears only when more than one item is recorded.Additionalguidance editscreen
265Data CommunicationData Communications Enabled from FOMA Handset ................................................... 266Precautions for Use .......................................................................................................... 266Before Using...................................................................................................................... 267Flow Chart for Completing the Data Communication Setup......................................... 267AT Commands................................................................................................................... 268CD-ROM ............................................................................................................................. 268DoCoMo Keitai Datalink.................................................................................................... 268For details of data communication, refer to "Manual for Data Communication" (PDF format) in includedCD-ROM.To view "Manual for Data Communication" (PDF format), you must have Adobe Reader (Version 6.0 orup recommended).When Adobe Reader is not installed in your PC, you can download the latest version from AdobeSystems' web site (communication charges apply).For details, visit Adobe Systems' web site.
266Data CommunicationData CommunicationsEnabled from FOMAHandsetWhen the FOMA handset is connected to a PC, datacommunication is available with packetcommunication and OBEX (data transfer).• This FOMA handset is not compatible with 64K data communication.• This FOMA handset is compatible with Remote Wakeup function.• This FOMA terminal is not compatible with the FAX communication.• This FOMA terminal is not compatible with the DoCoMo PDA "musea", "sigmarion㸈" or "sigmarion㸉"Packet communicationCommunication mode charged by the size of datasent and received. Packet communication issuitable for the way of using that handset send andreceive the data when needed with connected tonetwork. Communication speed depends oncommunication environment and networkcongestion.Using an access point of DoCoMo internetconnection service such as "mopera U" or"mopera" which is compatible with FOMA packetcommunication, allows you to use datacommunication at the maximum rate of 3.6Mbps forreceiving and at 384 Kbps for sending,This FOMAL705i handset also allows you to usedata communication abroad by using W-CDMA oraccess point compatible with GPRS packetcommunication.• Communication charges may become high when you send or receive great amounts of data.• The maximum communication speed outside of a FOMA high speed area is 384 Kbps for receiving and 64 Kbps for sending.Data TransferData transfer is communication mode for sending orreceiving data using DoCoMo keitai datalink.Communication charge is not applied.When you use DoCoMo keitai datalink software, youneed the FOMA USB cable (optional) or FOMA USBCable with Charge Function 01 (optional).Precautions for UseUsage Fee of Internet Service ProviderWhen using internet, you will be charged for usage feefrom internet service provider (hereinafter, referred toas provider) connected. This usage fee is to be paiddirectly to the provider, independently of FOMAservice usage fee. For details of the usage fee, contactthe provider.DoCoMo internet connection service "moperaU" or"mopera" is available. "mopera U" is a chargedservice requiring subscription. "mopera" is aservice free of charge requiring no subscription.Setting Access Point (Provider, etc.)Packet communication requires to use an accesspoint compatible with packet communication• DoPa access points are not available.• PHS64K/32K data communication access points for PIAFS, etc. are not available.User Authentication for Network AccessSome access points may require userauthentication (ID and password) for connection. Inthat case, enter ID and password for connectionusing communication software (dialup network). IDand password are provided from the provider ornetwork administrator of the access point. Fordetails, contact the provider or networkadministrator of the access point.Conditions for Packet CommunicationCommunication using FOMA handset connectedwith PC or something requires the conditions givenbelow. Even with these conditions arranged,communication may be disabled due to congestionin the base station or under some radio wavereception levels conditions.• FOMA USB Cable (optional) must be available on the PC.• FOMA handset must be in FOMA service area.• The access point must be compatible with FOMA packet communication.
267Data CommunicationBefore UsingOperating EnvironmentPC's operating environmental conditions requiredfor data communication are given below.䋪1䋺 DoCoMo does not guarantee proper operation if you upgrade your OS.䋪2䋺 Equipments for memory/hard disk may vary depending on PC system configuration.Required DevicesTo use data communications, the following arerequired in addition to the FOMA handset and a PC:• FOMA USB Cable (optional) or FOMA Rechargeable USB Cable 01 (optional)• FOMA L705i CD ROM (accessory)Flow Chart forCompleting the DataCommunication SetupThis section describes preparation to use packetcommunication with FOMA handset connected withPC. For details, refer to "Manual for DataCommunication" (PDF format).Item RequirementsPC • PC-AT compatible machine enabled to use CD-ROM drive• USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1/2.0)• Display with resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color (65,536 colors) or higher recommendedOS䋪1• Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows 2000 (Japanese version)Memory • Windows Vista; 512MB or more• Windows XP: 128MB or more䋪2• Windows 2000: 64MB or more䋪2Hard disk • Empty space of 5MB or more䋪2When you insert included CD-ROM to a PC, the following warning screen may appear. This warning is displayed according to the security setting of the Internet Explorer. There is no matter with using the software.Click [Yes].• This screen is an example when using Windows XP The warning screen may differ depending on the environments of your PC.Note• Purchase the specified FOMA USB Cable or FOMA Rechargeable USB Cable 01. The USB cable for PC cannot be used because the shape of the connector is different.• This manual gives an example when you use FOMA USB Cable.Note• You can also download "L705iCommunication Setup File (Drivers)" or "FOMA PC Setup Software" that is contained on the "CD-ROM for FOMA L705i" from DoCoMo's web site. http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/support/download/Connect FOMA handset to PC using FOMA USB CableCheck that you have set USB mode setting to "Communication mode".Check for completion of installationInstall the FOMA PC setting software and configure the settingsConnectConfigure the settings with without using FOMA PC setting software.Install the L705i communication setting file (Driver)Continue on the next page
268Data CommunicationData Communication Software included in "FOMAL705i CD-ROM (CD-ROM for FOMA L705i)"L705iCommunication setting file (Drivers)This file is to be installed on a PC so that communication or file exchange can be performed after the FOMA handset and the PC are connected using the FOMA USB Cable (optional).FOMA PC Setup SoftwareThis software is to be installed on a PC to quickly configure settings of dial-up connection, etc. that is required to perform data communication.AT CommandsAT command is used to make and confirm functionsettings for FOMA handset from a PC. For details,refer to "Manual for Data Communication" (PDFformat) included in CDROM.CD-ROMThe bundled CD-ROM contains applications toperform data communication with the FOMAterminal, "Manual for Data Communication" and"Kuten Code List" (PDF). For details, see thebundled CD-ROM.<Contained applications/PDF documents>• L705i communication setting file• FOMA PC Setup Software• Introduction to DoCoMo keitai datalink• "Manual for Data Communication" (PDF)• "Kuten Code List" (PDF)• Adobe® Reader® 8.1DoCoMo Keitai Datalink"DoCoMo keitai datalink" is software that allowsyou to back up your "Phonebook" entries, "Mail",etc. and edit the data on your PC. DoCoMo keitaidatalink is provided via website of DoCoMo. Formore details and the download, visit the followingDoCoMo website.http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/Note• For details such as transferable data, operating environment such as supported OS, how to install/operate the software and restrictions, see the website above. For how to operate the software after it is installed, see the help. To use "DoCoMo keitai datalink", you need to purchase the "FOMA USB Cable (optional)".
269Overseas UseOverview of International Roaming (WORLD WING) ..................................................... 270Services Available Overseas ........................................................................................... 270Checking before Using Overseas.................................................................................... 271Making Calls Overseas ..................................................................................................... 273Receiving Calls Overseas ................................................................................................ 275Setting Network Search Mode .......................... Network Search Mode/Network Mode 276Configuring Preferred Networks...................................................."Preferred NW lists" 276Displaying Network Name while Roaming............................... Operator name display 277Activating Roaming Guidance ............................................ Roaming guidance setting 277Setting to Accept No Incoming Calls during Roaming.............................. Call barring 277Using Network Services during Roaming....................................................................... 278
270Overseas UseOverview ofInternational Roaming(WORLD WING)International roaming (WORLD WING) is a servicethat allows to talk or make communications over anaffiliated overseas carrier's network using the samephone number as that used domestically.For details of the services available duringinternational roaming, refer to "DoCoMo WORLDSERVICE User's Guide". Also, in DoCoMo's"International service web site", you can see thelatest information on international services anddownload the latest issue of "DoCoMo WORLDSERVICE User's Guide".Subscribing to WORLD WINGIf you subscribed to the FOMA service afterSeptember 1, 2005, a separate subscription is notrequired.• If you subscribed to the FOMA service after September 1, 2005, a separate subscription is not required. However, if you unsubscribed to the FOMA service subscription or canceled the service, a separate subscription is required.• If you initially subscribed to the FOMA service before August 31, 2005 and have not subscribed to "WORLD WING", a separate subscription is required.Services AvailableOverseasCommunication services available vary dependingon overseas carriers and/or network used. Fordetails of communication services available ininternational roaming, refer to "DoCoMo WORLDSERVICE User's Guide" or DoCoMo's web site.→P270Communication ServicesAvailable䋪1䋺 May not be available depending on the carrier or area.䋪2䋺 Auto Update is suspended automatically if the handset is connected to an overseas carrier. To resume the automatic update of i-Channel overseas, you need to perform i-Channel settings again. However, a packet communication charges apply in addition to the monthly charge.䋪3䋺 A packet communication charges apply for Auto Update of information on the "Basic Channel".Difference in CommunicationServices among NetworksYou need to configure the network search mode aswell as preferred network to be searched in order touse the handset overseas.→P276䂾: Available㬍: Not available䋪: When a call is made, a redial confirmation screen opens. Select "Redial voice call" to redial Voice Call.URL of DoCoMo's "international service web site"http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/service/world/Service DescriptionVoice call Using the same phone number as that used in Japan, you can make/receive calls in a country you stay and make international calls to countries other than that you stay in.Video Phone You can make or receive an international video call with a user of an overseas specific 3G carrier or a FOMA handset user in Japan.i-mode You can use i-mode to acquire information of Japan and the country you stay.i-mode mail Using the same mail address as that used in Japan, you can send/receive i-mode mail.i-Channel䋪1You can download information periodically as in Japan.䋪2 You can also press the i-Channel assigned key to open a channel list and download detailed information.䋪3SMS You can send or receive SMS to/from a FOMA user in Japan and a user of an oversea telecommunication carrier other than DoCoMo.DataCommunicationYou can connect PC or other devices to use data communication (packet data communication).Service 3G GSM GPRSVoice call 䂾䂾䂾Video Phone 䂾㬍䋪㬍䋪i-mode 䂾㬍䂾i-mode mail 䂾㬍䂾SMS 䂾䂾䂾i-Channel 䂾㬍䂾Data Communication 䂾㬍䂾Service Description
271Overseas Use䂓Network for overseas䋪1䋺 Abbreviation of 3rd Generation Partnership Project. This is a regional standards organization for developing common technical specifications for the third generation mobile communications system (IMT-2000).䋪2䋺 Abbreviation of Global System for Mobile Communications. GSM is one of the standards for mobile phones unified in Europe.䋪3䋺 Abbreviation of General Packet Radio Service. This is a packet communication service that is widely spread in Europe.Checking before UsingOverseasSTEP1 : Preparation before departureSTEP2 : Using overseasSTEP3 : Setting after returning to JapanPreparation before Departure䂓SubscriptionIf you have not yet subscribed to WORLD WING (P270), make a subscription.• Install UIM subscribed to WORLD WING to FOMA handset.䂓Communication services, etc. in countries andregionsFor information such as countries, areas, telecommunication carriers available, visit DoCoMo's "International Service Web site".→P270䂓Charging• Cautions When Handling the AC Adapter →P21• Charging Using the AC Adapter →P42, P44䂓Using i-modeYou have to make "International Settings" in advance. Select "i Menu" → select "English iMenu" → "Options" → "International Settings" to display setup screen.䂓Setting network servicesYou can activate or deactivate the subscribed network services from overseas. The following network services can be accessed:• Caller ID notification service䋪1䋪2• Voice mail service䋪1䋪3• Call forwarding service䋪1䋪3• Caller ID Request service䋪1• Call Waiting Service䋪1• English guidance䋪1• Nuisance call blocking service䋪1• Roaming guidance䋪1• Call barring䋪1䋺 May not be activated in some service areas.䋪2䋺 Caller ID may not be sent correctly or not be sent at all.䋪3䋺 To operate from overseas, you need to activate the "Remote control" (P262) while in Japan in advance.䂓Convenient functions and services availableoverseas䂓Recommended booklets Other than This Manual䂓Billing of chargesOverseas charges are billed with your monthly charge. Note that they may appear on a billing invoice of the next month or later due to the situation of the operator of your country of stay. Also note that the billing invoice for charges in the same charging period may be sent to you in a different month.Network DescriptionW-CDMA(3G) W-CDMA is a third generation mobile communication network complying with 3GPP䋪1 global standards.GSM䋪2GSM is the second generation mobile communication network in digital communication system that is most widely used around the world.GPRS䋪3GPRS is the 2.5 generation mobile communication system that enables high-speed packet communication using GSM.Functionsandservices DescriptionRoamingGuidance (Intl) The other party is notified with a voice guidance that you are in international roaming.Call barring Reject reception during international roaming.Dual ClockDisplay You can view the date and time in two cities at once.Unit converter You can set exchange rate for currency conversion.Title DescriptionMobile PhoneUser's Guide[i-mode]Describes how to use i-mode and i-mode mail overseas and their fees, etc.DoCoMoWORLDSERVICEUser's GuideDescribes details of international roaming service including contents of the service, usage fee, precautions.Mobile PhoneUser's Guide(NetworkServices)Describes contents, settings, precautions, etc., of the network services.Note• This manual contains quick manual "Overseas Use" that can be used conveniently for referencing operations. Please reference it when using FOMA handset overseas.
272Overseas UseOverseas Use䂓Network switchingBy default, "Network search mode" is set to "Auto". It is recommended to set "Network mode" to "WCDMA only" to save the battery when using in Japan or in the areas where 3G area networks are available.→P276• To switch networks manually →P276䂓Display on screenAn icon indicating the connected network is displayed so that you can view the available communication services (P270). The connected carrier name also appears on the Display.aIcons indicating the connected network Connected to a FOMA network in Japan Connected to a 3G network overseas Connected to a GSM network overseas Connected to a GPRS network overseas bConnected carrier name䋪The network name does not appear when the handset is connected to the FOMA network in Japan.When Your Mobile Phone Is Lost or Stolen,etc. While Overseas䇴DoCoMo Information Center> (24-hour service)䂓From a DoCoMo handset䋭81䋭3䋭5366䋭3114䋪(Free)䋪From a fixed line phone, International phone call charges to Japan apply.㶎When using the FOMA L705i handset, call +81-3-5366-3114. (press and hold 0 for 1+ seconds to enter "+" sign.)䂓From a fixed-line phone (Universal Number)䋭800䋭0120䋭0151䋪䋪Domestic call charges for your overseas location will apply to calls.Network Technical Operation Center<Network Technical Operation Center> (24-hourservice)䂓From a DoCoMo handset䋭81䋭3-6718-1414䋪(Free)䋪From a fixed line phone, International phone call charges to Japan apply.㶎When using the FOMA L705i handset, call +81-3-6718-1414. (press and hold 0 for 1+ seconds to enter "+" sign.)䂓From a fixed-line phone (Universal Number)䋭800䋭5931䋭8600䋪䋪Domestic call charges for your overseas location will apply to calls.International Access Codes of Major Countries(Table1)International access numbers for major countries are as follows (as of 䃂 2007):䋪Codes may be changed.䋪For the codes of the other countries and details, see the DoCoMo's "International service web site".→P270For loss or theft of the handset, settlement ofaccumulated charges, or handset failure whileoverseas, refer to "For loss or theft of thehandset or charges while overseas" or "For ahandset failure while overseas" on the back ofthis manual. Call and communication chargesapply after the handset was lost or stolen arestill charged to you.ab(Image to beadded)International Access Codes of Major Countries (Table1)International Phone Codes for Universal Numbers (Table2)Area Code Area CodeIreland 00 Turkey 00U.S.A. 011 New Zealand 00U.A.E. 00 Norway 00U.K. 00 Hungary 00Italy 00 Philippines 00India 00 Finland 00䋯Indonesia 001 990Australia 0011 France 00Netherlands 00 Brazil0041䋯Canada 0110021䋯Korea 0010023Greece 00 Vietnam 00Singapore 001 Belgium 00Switzerland 00 Poland 00Sweden 00 Portugal 00Spain 00 Hong Kong 001Thailand 001 Macao 00Taiwan 002 Malaysia 00Czech 00 Monaco 00China 00 Luxembourgr 00Denmark 00 Russia 810Germany 00International access number of your country of stay (table1)International Phone Codes for Universal Numbers (Table2)
273Overseas UseInternational Phone Codes for Universal Numbers(Table2)International prefix numbers for the universal number are as follows (as of 䃂 2007):䋪Codes may be changed.䋪For the codes of the other countries and details, see the DoCoMo's "International service web site".→P270Setting after Returning to JapanWhen you have returned to Japan, FOMA handset isautomatically connected to FOMA network andappears at the top of the screen.• If the FOMA network is not connected, check whether "Network mode" and "Network search mode" are both set to "Auto".Making Calls OverseasWhen both of you and the other party are using atelecommunication carrier applicable to FOMAVideo calls, international Video calls are alsoavailable.• For information on the countries, areas, telecommunication carriers that support FOMA Video calls , visit DoCoMo's "International service web site.→P270• Depending on the handset connected via an international Video call, the video streaming may be ceased on the other party's handset, or the call may be disconnected.Making an International Call(Including to Japan)Make a call prefixing "+" and a country code toanother party's phone number.• Press 0 for more than one second to enter "+".• To call a WORLD-WING user who is overseas, dial "81", the country code for Japan.a0(for 1+ seconds)XEnter "CountryCode - Area Code (City Code) - PhoneNumber"• When making a call to a fixed phone in Japan from abroad, enter "81" as the country code.• Generally, in the situation where a "0" appears before the Area Code (City Code), please remove "0". (In a few countries, like Italy, "0" must not be removed).• When making a call to a mobile phone or PHS in Japan, omit leading "0" as well.• Country code →P274bA䂓When making video callM[Menu] and then select X "Video phone call"Making a Call Easily to JapanIf a call is made using an entry in Dialed or Receivedcalls or the Phonebook in which a phone numberwith a leading "0" is recorded/ registered, leading"0" is automatically replaced with "+ Country code(i.e. +81)".• By default, your handset is configured to enter "+81" (country code for Japan) automatically.→P61aDisplay an entry in history/Phonebook䂓Using Redial logsOpen the Redial logs (P54) or the Dialed calls detail screen (P54).䂓Using Received call logOpen the Received call log (P56) or the Received call detail screen (P56).䂓Using PhonebookOpen the Phonebook list screen (P84) or the Phonebook detail screen (P85).bSelect a history or Phonebook XA䂓When two or more phone number exist in thePhonebook list screenPress H to select the number to make a phone call to.䂓When two or more phone number exist in thePhonebook detail screenPress H to display the phone number to call, then press I[Send].Area Code Area CodeIreland 00 Thailand 001U.S.A. 011 Taiwan 00Argentina 00 China 00U.K. 00 Denmark 00Israel 014 Germany 00Italy 00 New Zealand 00Australia 0011 Norway 00Australia 00 Philippines 00Netherlands 00 Finland 990Canada 011 France 00Korea 001 Brazil 0021Colombia 009 Belgium 00Singapore 001 Hong Kong 001Switzerland 00 Malaysia 00Sweden 00 Luxembourgr 00Spain 00Continue on the next page
274Overseas UsecA• Dialing confirmation screen shows a phone number prefixed with "+ Country code".䂓When making video callM[Menu] and then select X "Video phone call"d"Dialing""Original number"䋺: Does not replace the leading "0" with "+Country code"."Cancel"䋺: cancel to callMaking an International Call (Including toJapan) Selecting Registered Country CodeFrom sub menu, you can select and add Countrycode to an entered phone number.aEnter "Area code - other party's phonenumber"bM[Menu] X"International Dial"The "Select Country" screen opens.cSelect a Country codeThe "+ Country code" is added at the beginning of the phone number.• When an entered phone number begins with "0", it is replaced with "+ Country code".dA䂓When making video callM[Menu] and then select X "Video phone call"Country Codes of Major Countries㶎The codes may be changed.㶎For the codes of the other countries and details, see the DoCoMo's "International service web site".→P270Making Call inside the CountryWhere You StayMake a call by dialing a receiver's phone numberfrom Area Code (Toll Number).• If both of you and the other party are using WORLD WING overseas, make a call in the same way as described in "Making a call to a country outside your country of stay (including Japan)" (P273) even in the same country/region.• When "Auto international dial" is set to "On", the Dialing confirmation screen (P274) opens if a call is made to a phone number whose area code (city code) starts with "0" from Phonebook or Dialed/Redialed calls list. In this case, press select "Original No" to make the call.Note• This conversion is available only out of the service area (during international roaming).• The conversion is enabled when you directly enter a phone number with the leading "0" using dial keys.Note• By default, 22 country codes are stored in the "Select Country" screen. Country codes can be added.→P62• Available operations on the Country code selection screen are the same as on the Country code list screen.Area Code Area CodeU.S.A.1 China 86U.K. 44 Germany 49Italy 39 Turkey 90India 91 Japan 81Dialed callconfirmationscreenIndonesia 62New Caledonia687Egypt 20New Zealand64Australia 61 Norway 47Australia 43 Hungary 36Netherlands 31 Fiji 679Canada 1 Philippines 63Korea 82 Finland 358Greece 30 France 33Singapore 65 Brazil 55Switzerland 41 Vietnam 84Sweden 46 Peru 51Spain 34 Belgium 32Thailand 66 Hong Kong 852Taiwan 886 Macao 853Tahiti 689 Malaysia 60Czech 420 Maldives 960Russia 7When both of you and the other party are usinga telecommunication carrier applicable toFOMA Video calls, international Video calls areavailable by pressing M[Menu] XSelect"Video phone call" after the international calldialing procedure.䍃For information about the countries whereconnection can be made andtelecommunications carriers, visit theDoCoMo's web site.䍃The video streaming may be ceased on theother party's handset, or the call may bedisconnected depending on the internationalvideo-phone terminal.Area Code Area Code
275Overseas UseReceiving CallsOverseasaA call arrivesThe ringtone sounds.•I[Silent] : Stop the ring tone•P : Place the call on response hold.→P67bAAnswer the call.䂓To answer a Video call using the CameraimagePress A.䂓To answer a video call using the alternateimagePress C[Image].cTo terminate the call PMaking call to your FOMA handset from JapanYou can be called at your phone number in the same way as when you are in Japan.Making call to your FOMA handset from overseasYou are called via Japan regardless of the place you stay. Similarly to making an international call to Japan, you can be called in the way described below.Making a call by entering "International AccessCode䋪1-81䋪2㵥your phone number with leading"0" omitted䋪3"䋪1䋺When dialing to a mobile phone, you may be able to dial by entering "+" instead of the International Access Code.䋪2䋺Enter Country Code of Japan.䋪3䋺Enter "90-XXXX-XXXX" when the number begins with "090" or "80-XXXX-XXXX" when it begins with "080".When a Call is InterruptedA Call Cannot Be Made or Received/StaysOut of the Service Area/Power Cannot beTurned OnIf a call cannot be made or received, the radio wavereception level stays out of the service area, orpower cannot be turned on, the following situationis supposed;• Weak radio wave reception level or out of the service area• Malfunction of the local switchboard or the base station, or temporary circuit congestion• Wrong operation of the FOMA handset•OtherVisit the DoCoMo's "International service web site"for the latest area and interruption information, etc.→P270Upon confirming the operation method, try thefollowing;• If you are indoors, check to see if the condition is the same as outdoor, too.• Check to see if your monthly charge does not exceed the credit limit.• Turn on the power again.• Manually select the operator to connect.→P276Contact the Network Technical Operation Center onthe back of this manual if the condition does notrecover after checking the above.Credit Limit (Service Suspension Standard)• The credit limit is provided for WORLD WING. If we have confirmed that your monthly charge has exceeded the credit limit, this service will be suspended until the end of the corresponding month.• The accumulated charge is the amount before applying free communications fee.• The Credit limit includes call/communication charges and received call charges for overseas roaming, digital communications charges such as video calls and received call charge, packet communication charges and SMS communication charges. Note that since the international forwarding charge and any charge whose data have not been received by us from the operator of your country of stay are not included, the billing amount may exceed the credit limit. In that case, you must pay your monthly charge for this service used before suspended.• When payment of your monthly charge is confirmed, suspension of the WORLD WING service will be lifted (After the payment, it may take a while before the suspension of the service is lifted). You can make a payment by credit card settlement (Once payment only) from overseas.• Contact DoCoMo Information Center on the back of this manual for details.Note• In some countries or regions, you may be charged also for incoming calls. In that case, you are charged for both the international forwarding and reception fees.• No or different caller ID may be notified for some telecommunication carriers used.• When there is an incoming call during international roaming, international forwarding from Japan occurs. The caller is charged for the call fee to Japan and the receiver is charged for international forwarding fee.• When the Public Mode (Drive Mode) is activated, incoming call actions such as sounding the ringtone or blinking the Illumination Indicator will not take place. Also, even if a call arrives when the display is turned off, the backlight of the display will not be turned on.
276Overseas UseNetwork Search Mode/Network ModeSetting Network SearchModeSelect search mode activated when the networkaccess point has been changed while usingoverseas.• By default, "Network search mode" is set to "Auto". When you use the FOMA handset in Japan or in the areas where 3G area network is available, it is recommended to switch "Network mode" to "WCDMA only" to reduce the consumption of the battery pack.aM[Menu] X(Setting) X"Internationalroaming"X"Network" XPerform the following operations[Network search mode][Network mode]Specify the network service to search.• Check available communication systems in the country of use before specifying a network.→P271[Preferred lists]You can register networks to be searched and set by priority.→P276[Operator name display]Specify whether to show the network name that is currently online in the Stand-by display.→P277[Host selection]Specify a host other than i-mode Center.→P149[ᷣSMSC]Set the SMS center address.→P182"Preferred NW lists"Configuring PreferredNetworksYou can register up to 20 networks to be searchedor configured by priority when searching networks.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"InternationalRoaming"X"Network"X"HostSelection"The preferred network list screen opens.• If the networks have been registered, the network names appear in order of priority.•C[Change] : Re-apply the "Preferred lists" setting to another network.bI[Menu] XPerform the followingoperations[UPLMN manual select]Add a network to the Preferred list by entering MCC (country code) and MNC (network code).XEnter MCC and MNC XI[Done] X"Yes"[UPLMN select by list]Select a presciently registered network from the network list, then set it as the preferred network.XSelect a network X"Yes"•I[Country] : Selecting a country name allows you to select an available network in the country from the list.[Set VPLMN to UPLMN]Set the network in use as the preferred network.X"Yes"Default Network search mode: AutoNetwork mode: AutoAutoManual䋺Automatically search and configure the network.䋺The network search screen appears. Select and configure one of the networks in the list. X "Yes" X Select a network• Available networks are followed by the circular marks.Re-searching network䋺Search network manually or automatically in the same way as described above.Auto3GGSM/GPRS䋺Search for all available networks regardless of their communication systems.䋺Search only for 3G networks.䋺Search only for GSM/GPRS networks.Note• After coming back to Japan, if the icon indicating the network status remains out of the service area, set "Network mode" to "Auto" or "3G" and "Network search mode" to "Auto".<Network search mode>• Searching networks may take a long time.• When setting to "Auto", networks will be searched automatically whenever you turn on the handset or move out of the service area.Note• Depending on the signal reception, a network that is not registered may get connected.• The settings of this function will be saved on the UIM.
277Overseas UseSub menu of the "Preferred lists" screena"Preferred lists" screen (P276) XM[Menu] XPerforms the followingoperations[Add new]Insert a newly detected network above the selected network in the list. Go to Step 2 described in "Configuring Preferred Networks" (P276).[Change]Re-apply the "Preferred lists" setting to another network. Go to Step 2 described in "Configuring Preferred Networks" (P276).[Delete]Delete the selected network.X"Yes"[Move up]䋪Move the selected network directly up in the list.[Move down]䋪Move the selected network directly down in the list.䋪䋺 Does not appear depending on the current position in the list.Operator name displayDisplaying NetworkName while RoamingSpecify whether to show the network name that iscurrently online in the Stand-by display.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"International roaming" X"Network" X"Operator name display" X"ON"/"OFF" X"Yes"Roaming guidance settingActivating RoamingGuidanceBefore you leave Japan, you can set so that theother party who makes a call to you duringinternational roaming will be notified of it with avoice guidance.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.• You can set to play the guidance from abroad.→P278aM[Menu] X(Service) X"Others"X"Roaming guidance" XPerform thefollowing operations[Activate roaming guidance]Activate the roaming guidance.[Deactivate roaming guidance]Deactivate the roaming guidance.[Check roaming guidance setting]Check the status of the setting.b"Yes"Call barringSetting to Accept NoIncoming Calls duringRoamingYou can set so that incoming calls, mails, etc., areall restricted during roaming. You can also set torestrict only incoming Video calls.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"Lock/Security" X"Keypad unlock" XPerform the following operation[Activate barring of incoming call -roam]XSelect from the following options XEnter theNetwork security code X"Yes"[Deactivate barring of incoming call - roam]XEnter the Network security code X"Yes"[Check barring of incoming call settings - roamsetting]Check the status of the setting.Default DisplayedNote• When deactivating the guidance, a call tone set by the overseas carrier sounds.• Some overseas carriers may not offer this option.• Even if you activated this option, a voice guidance in a foreign language may be played due to the overseas carrier's services.Barring allincoming callsData calls barring䋺Restrict all incoming calls.䋺Restrict only incoming Video calls. (Only inside the 3G network service area).Note• These services may not be operable in some countries.
278Overseas UseUsing Network Servicesduring RoamingYou can use network services of Voice mail service,Call Forwarding service, and Roaming guidancesettings overseas.• In order to use Voice mail and/or Call Forwarding service, you have to subscribe to the network service(s) and activate"Re,pte access(int.)" in advance in Japan.→P262• Using these services overseas costs the fee for making international call to Japan.• The services may not be operable in some countries.Voice Mail (Int.)Operating the Voice Mail ServiceOverseasYou can activate/deactivate the Voice mail serviceoverseas. You can also replay recorded messagesor change the settings following a voice guidance.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.aM[Menu] X(Setting) X"International roaming" X"Voice mail(Int.)" XPerform the followingoperations[Active voice mail]Activate the Voice mail service.[Deactivate voice mail]Deactivate the Voice mail service.[Play messages]Play a Voice mail message.[Voice mail setting]Change the settings following a voice guidance.[Set ring time]Set time before connecting to Voice mail service center after receiving a call.b"Yes"cOperate according to voice guidanceCall Forwarding (Int.)Operating the Call ForwardingService OverseasYou can activate/deactivate the Call forwardingservice overseas.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.aM[Menu] X(Setting) X"International roaming" X"Callforwarding (Int.)" XPerform thefollowing operations[Activate call forwarding]Activate the Call forwarding service.[Deactivate call forwarding]Deactivate the Call forwarding service.[Call forwarding settings]Check the status of the setting.b"Yes"cOperate according to voice guidanceRoaming Guide (Int.)Operating Roaming GuidanceOverseasYou can activate/deactivate Roaming guidanceoverseas.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"International roaming" X"Roamingguidance (Int.)"b"Yes"cOperate according to voice guidanceNote• To use this service outside the service area at your overseas location, you need to switch off the handset where signals can be received.Note• To use this service outside the service area at your overseas location, you need to switch off the handset where signals can be received.
279Overseas UseRemote Access Setting (Int.)Setting Remote Access OverseasYou can activate/deactivate Remote accessoverseas.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Internationalroaming"X"Remote accesssetting(Int.)"b"Yes"cOperate according to voice guidanceCaller ID request (Int.)Operating Caller ID RequestService OverseasYou can activate/deactivate the Caller ID requestservice overseas.• The service may not be operable when "Out of service area" is displayed.aM[Menu] X(Settings) X"International roaming" X"Caller IDrequestU (Int.)"b"Yes"cOperate according to voice guidance
281Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingMenu List ........................................................................................................................... 282Default Data ....................................................................................................................... 292Dial Keys Assignments to Characters ............................................................................ 296List of Symbols and Special Characters......................................................................... 297Pictograph (E-Moji) List.................................................................................................... 298Emoticon List .................................................................................................................... 299List of Common Phrases.................................................................................................. 300Combinations of Multiaccess Functions ........................................................................ 302Combinations of Multitask Functions ............................................................................. 303Services Available from FOMA Handset......................................................................... 304Options and Related Devices........................................................................................... 305Interfacing to External DevicesVideo Play Software.......................................................................................................... 305TroubleshootingTroubleshooting................................................................................................................ 306Error Messages ................................................................................................................. 308Warranty and After-sales Service.................................................................................... 323About the i-mode Malfunction Check Site ...................................................................... 324Updating Software .............................................................................. Software Update 325Protecting Mobile Phone from Dangerous Data ............................Scanning function 327Major Specifications ......................................................................................................... 330Number of Items that can be Stored, Registered and Protected on the FOMAHandset .............................................................................................................................. 331Authentication ................................................................................................................... 332Export Administration of This Product and Its Accessories ........................................ 335
282Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingMenu ListFunctions with indicated in "Default settings:" field are those initialized to default settings by performing"Reset settings".→P245Function names Default settings ReferenceMail Received mail Mail of "䊄䉮䊝䈎䉌䈱䈍⍮䉌䈞(Information from DoCoMo)" P170Sent mail Unregistered P170Unsent mail Unregistered P171Compose message 䋭P161Check new message 䋭P168Receive option 䋭P167SMS Compose message 䋭P181Check new SMS 䋭P182Template Pre-install data only P164Mail setting Communication Receive option setting : OFFReceive attch file : All checkmarkedCheck new messages : All checkmarkedP179Edit Edit header : NonEdit signature : NonEdit quotation>Auto attach : Checkmarked on "Signature"P180View Font size : StandardScroll : 1 lineMail list : 2 lines nameFolder security : Non checkmarkedMelody auto play : ONReceiving display : Alarm modeP180SMS SMS report request : OFFSMS validity period : 3 daysSMS input character : Japanese (70characters)P182Other Check setting : 䋭Reset setting : 䋭P180
283Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings Referencei-mode iMenu 䋭P139Bookmark Unregistered P143Files contained in Screen Memos Unregistered P144Last URL 䋭P140Go To location Input address 䋭P142URL history No history P142Message MessageR No message P150MessageF No message P150i-Channel i-Channel list Basic channels P155Ticker setting Ticker display : ONTicker speed : Normal P155Reset i-Channel 䋭P155Check new message 䋭P150i-mode setting Communication Connection timeout : 60 secondsCheck new messages : All checkmarked P147View Image : ONSound effect : ONUse phone info : YesFont size : StandardScroll : 1 lineMail list : 2 linesAuto-display : Message R preferredMelody auto play : ONP148i-motion Melody auto play : ONi-motion type : StandardP153P153Home Disable, No URL P148Certificates All valid P152Other Check settings : 䋭Rest settings : 䋭P148i-appli Software list Only pre-installed i-appli P185i-appli info Security error history No history P190Auto start info No information P190Trace info No information P190i-appli settings Display SW info Not display P185Auto start set On P189Continue on the next page
284Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferencePhonebook Add to phonebook Unregistered P77Search phonebook Search all data P82Number of contacts 䋭P88Phonebook settings Default mode Search all data P89Create domain list @docomo.ne.jp P89Display image View P89Call/Mail history Received Calls Unregistered P56Redial Unregistered P54Received mails Unregistered P178Sent mails Unregistered P178Call duration 䋭P239Call Cost Checking total costs 䋭P240Set call cost limit Off P240Delete call cost icon䋭P240Data box My Pictures i-mode None P194Camera None P194Deco-mail Pictures Only pre-installed file P194Deco-mail pictogram Only pre-installed file P194Preinstalled Only pre-installed file P194Data transfer None P194Item Only pre-installed file P194Animation None P194micro SD 䋭P194Music i-mode Non P217Playlist None P224micro SD 䋭P224Music channelDistributed Program None P219i-motion i-mode None P201Camera None P201Preinstalled Only pre-installed file P201Data transfer None P201micro SD 䋭P201Melody i-mode None P204Preinstalled Only pre-installed file P204Data transfer None P204micro SD 䋭P204SD-Audio 䋭P224
285Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceMUSIC Recent played䋪䋭P221Music Player Music life Train : All songs, level 2Sport timer : All songs 30 Min.Sport timer : All songs 30 Min. P228Playlist Unregistered P224All songs Unregistered P222Artist Unregistered P222Genre Unregistered P222Album Unregistered P222Music channelProgram1 Unregistered P216Program2 Unregistered P216Set Programs 䋭P216Program list 䋭P216What's Music Channel? 䋭P216SD-Audio Player Music life Train : All songs, level 2Sport timer : All songs 30 Min.Sport timer : All songs 30 Min. P228Playlist 䋭P224All songs 䋭P222Artist 䋭P222Genre 䋭P222Album 䋭P222Lifekit Bar Code Reader 䋭P134Receive Ir data Receive 䋭P212Receive all 䋭P213microSD card PIM 䋭P208Data update 䋭P209Memory info. 䋭P209Reset microSD card 䋭P207Custom Menu 䋭P238Record Message Record msg. settings Setting Off P71Record msg. list Unregistered P72Stopwatch 䋭P241Continue on the next page䋪䋺 "Playing" is displayed when playing a music. Selecting the song opens the Player screen for the song in playback.
286Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceCamera Photo-mode 㵪P129Movie-mode 㵪P130Bar Code Reader 㵪P134Camera settings Saving option Save to : HandsetAuto saving : ONSave picture to: My picture/CameraSave movie to: I-motion/Camera P130P133Shutter sound Shutter 1 P133Flicker tuning Auto P133Stationery Schedule Unregistered P232Alarm Unregistered P231Memos Unregistered P243To do list Unregistered P235World Clock Japan P240Calculator 㵪P242Unit converter Currency Yen/Dollar P241Surface Acre/Hectare P242Length mm/cm P242Weight mg/g P242Temperature 㵪P234Volume milliiter1 Liter P242Velocity km/h / meter/s P242Remembering dates Date Counter Unregistered P237Date Search 㵪P238Settings Sounds&vibration Select ringtone Voice call : Ring01Video call : Ring02Mail : Message01Message R : Message02Message F : Message03SMS : Message04P92Select effect tone Dial sound : JapaneseSlide tone : Slide tone 1Keypad sound: Keypad sound 1Menu effect : Menu effect 1Power On : Power OnPower off : Power OffLow battery alertP96Volume (All) Level 3 P94Vibrator (All) Off P95Manner mode set Manner Mode P98Mail ring duration Once P97Set mute ring(sec.)Off P121
287Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceSettings View Stand-by display Wallpaper : Image, illusionDisplay items : ClockClock type : Large digitalShow shortcut icons : ONP99Call display Incoming voice call : Image, incoming_call_blackIncoming video call : Image, incoming_call_blackP100Wake-up display Image, pwron P102Dialing Motion dialing : DigitalDialing Quick Search : ON P101Menu Display Settings Menu customization : Color theme settingMenu guidance : ONP104P104Backlight Display duration : 10 sec.Display brightness : 100 %AC connected : Display setting P103Color theme Illumination dot P103Illumination dot Settings Lighting : ONIncoming voice call : RedIncoming video call : Red & WhiteNew mail : BlueNew message R : Blue & WhiteNew message F : Yellow & PinkNew SMS : Yellow & AquaVoice mail : Pink & WhiteRecord message : Green & YellowPlaying music : Pink & AquaAlarm : Yellow & Pink & AquaSchedule/To do list : Blue & Pink & AquaDuring call : OFFMissed call : OFFUnread message : OFFP105Call/VT/Dialing Incoming call Answer mode : SEND key onlyAuto Answer:̆Auto answering : OffReject/Accept call :̆Reject/Accept call : Accept̆Reject unknown : OffAnonymous caller : (All) DisableOn hold tone : Hold tone 1Display phonebook image : OnP66P244P118P119P121P119P68P102Video Phone Video phone set:̆Displaying setting : Other-MĕSend camera image : On̆Screen size : LargĕVisual preference : Normal̆Light : Always on̆Auto redial as voice : Off̆Hand-free switch : OnSubstitute image : DefaultResponse hold image : DefaultHolding image : DefaultP73P73P73P73P73P73P73P73P73P73Continue on the next page
288Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceSettings Call/VT/Dialing Call feature Reconnect alarm : High alarmQuality alarm : High alarmHolding tone : Hold tone 1Close setting : End the callNoise reduction : OffP64P97P68P66P64Self mode Off P115Prefix dial Prefix dial 1 : 009130010Prefix 2/Prefix 3: Unregistered P63Sub Address On P63Earphone Switch call : Off P244Lock/SecurityLock Lock all : NoCall/Mail Lock : (OFF)Data access lock : (Off)P113P114P115Secret mode Off P117Display Call/mail logs (All) On P117Keypad unlock Allow manual unlock P116Change Security code Security code (4 digits):0000 P111PIN code 㵪P112Scanning Function Setting Scan Function : 㵪Set scan : ON㵪Set message scan : ONVersion : 1.1P327P327P329International roaming Network Network search mode : AutoNetwork mode : AutoPreferred NW list : (The contents saved in FOMA card is displayed)Operator name display : ONHost selection : i-modeSMS center : DoCoMoP276P276P276P277P149P182Voice mail (Int.) 㵪P278Call forwarding (Int.) 㵪P278Remote access setting (Int.)㵪P279Caller ID request (Int.) 㵪P279Roaming guide (Int.) 㵪P278Call barring㵪P277
289Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceInternational Dial Auto assist setting Auto P61International Prefix Coversion Settings IDD prefix name : WORLDCALLIDD prefix code : 009130010 P61Auto international dial Auto international dial : OnTarget country : Japan +81 P61Country code list China䇭86䇮Taiwan䇭886䇮Japan䇭81䇮Korea䇭82䇮Hong Kong䇭852䇮U.S.A.䇭1䇮U.K.䇭44䇮Italy䇭39䇮India䇭91䇮Indonesia䇭62䇮Australia䇭61䇮Netherlands䇭31䇮Canada䇭1䇮Singapore䇭65䇮Spain䇭34䇮Thailand䇭66䇮Germany䇭49䇮Philippines䇭63䇮France䇭33䇮Brazil䇭55䇮Vietnam䇭84䇮Malaysia䇭60P62Settings Date&Time Set date&time Auto time set : On P47Date&Time formatDate format : MM/DD/YYYYTime format : 12-hourP106Hour indication Set sound : Off P245Other Character Entry 㵪P251P252P253P253Memory status 㵪P245Select language Japanese P107Power Saving Mode Off P103Reset/Delete 㵪P245Software Update 㵪P326USB mode setting Photo Mode䋪P210Touchpad Setting Vibration feedback: ONTouchpad sensitivity: Standard P30Battery Level 㵪P45Own number Unregistered P239Continue on the next page䋪䋺 If the FOMA USB cable is disconnected, the USB mode automatically returns to "Communication mode".
290Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceService Voice mail Activate 㵪P257Set ring time 㵪P257Deactive voice mail 㵪P257Check setting 㵪P257Play messages㵪P257Voice mail setting 㵪P257Check messages 㵪P257Notify missed call 㵪P257Del. voicemail icon 㵪P257Tone/Vibration message notification 㵪P257Call waiting Activate call waiting 㵪P257Deactivate call waiting 㵪P257Check setting 㵪P257Call forwarding Activate 㵪P259Deactivate 㵪P259Register the forwarding number 㵪P259Setting if forwarding number busy 㵪P259Check setting㵪P259Service Nuisance Call BlockingRegister nuisance caller㵪P259Register selected number㵪P259Delete all entries 㵪P259Delete last entry 㵪P259Check the number of entries 㵪P259Caller ID notification Activate/Deactivate 㵪P260Check setting 㵪P260Caller ID Request Activate 㵪P260Deactivate 㵪P260Check setting 㵪P260Set in-call arrival act Activate 㵪P260Deactivate 㵪P260Check setting 㵪P260Arrival call act Answer P261
291Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFunction names Default settings ReferenceService Other Additional Services Unregistered P263Additional guide Unregistered P264English guidance Outgoing call: JapaneseIncoming call: Japanese P261Service numbers 㵪P262Roaming guidance setting 㵪P277Multi number 㵪P262Dual Network㵪P261Remote Control 㵪P262
292Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingDefault DataStand-by displayIncoming displayblend fresh illusion leafpurity refresh water wineincoming_call_black incoming_call_white
293Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingWake-up display/Shutdown displayMenu IconsFrameStamppwron䂓Menu Icons 䂓Framepwroff
294Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingDeco-mail Pictures
295Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshootingi-motionDiMAGIC eco-motion
296Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingDial Keys Assignments to Characters䋪1䋺Text that has not been confirmed will be indicated with , and more characters can be added/entered. For characters that can take only a voiced sound symbol, 䉘is added, and for characters that cannot take voiced or semi voiced sound symbol, 䉘or 䉙is entered.䋪2䋺You can enter these symbols when they are valid in that field.Entry Modes Hiragana and Kanji Katakana Alphabetic characters DigitsKey1䈅䈇䈉 䈋䈍䈄䈆䈈 䈊䈌䉝䉟䉡䉣䉥䉜䉞䉠䉢䉤. @ / : - 䌾12䈎䈐 䈒 䈔䈖 䉦䉨䉪 䉬䉮 23䈘 䈚 䈜䈞䈠 䉰䉲䉴 䉶䉸 34䈢䈤䈧䈩䈫䈦䉺䉼䉿䊁䊃䉾45䈭䈮䈯䈰䈱 䊅䊆䊇 䊈䊉 56䈲䈵䈸䈻䈾 䊊䊍 䊐 䊓䊖 67䉁 䉂䉃䉄䉅 䊙䊚 䊛 䊜 䊝 78䉇䉉䉋䉆䉈䉊䊟䊡䊣䊞䊠䊢89䉌䉍 䉎䉏䉐䍵䍃 䍶 䍃 䍷䍃 䍸䍃 䍹 90䉒䉕䉖䉑(Space) ޔޕ࡯࡮㧍㧫䊪䊭䊮䊩(Space) ޔޕ࡯࡮㧍㧫 (Space)! ? - , ' ; ( ) " _ ~ & 䎂0*䋪2䇮䇯䊷䊶 䋣䋿䉘䉙䇮䇯䊷䊶 䋣䋿:䋪2#䋤䋪2a b cA B Cd e fD E Fg h iG H Ij k lJ K Lm n oM N Op q r sP Q R St u vT U Vw x y zW X Y Z䉘䉙! ? - , ' ; ( ) " _ ~ & 䎂
297Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingList of Symbols and Special CharactersSymbol List䂓Full symbolNote• Special characters sent to an i-mode incompatible mobile phone or PC may not be displayed correctly.䂓Half symbol
298Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingPictograph (E-Moji) List<Confirming specs>䂓E-Moji 1䂓E-Moji 2
299Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingEmoticon ListNote• Pictograph (E-Moji) may not be displayed correctly if they are sent to PCs or mobile phones that do not support i-mode. Also, the E-Moji may not be displayed correctly even if they are sent to i-mode phones that support those E-Moji depending on the other party's phone types.• If a mail containing E-Moji 2 is sent to an i-mode phone that does not support E-Moji 2, pictograph (E-Moji) may not be displayed correctly.Category Emoticon Category Emoticon Category EmoticonPleasure Anger EmbarrassmentCry Sweat GreetingApathetic Surprise OtherContinue on the next page
300Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingList of Common PhrasesCategory Common PhrasesInternet @docomo.ne.jp.ne.jp.co.jp.com.or.jp.go.jp.ac.jphttp://www..htmlGreeting 䈍䈲䉋 䈉 䈗 䈙 䈇䉁 䈜(Good morning)䈍䉇䈜䉂䈭䈘 䈇(Good night)䈖䉖䈮䈤䈲(Hello)䈖 䉖䈳䉖䈲(Good evening)䈍∋䉏᭽䈪䈜(See you)䈍ਭ䈚 䈹䉍 䈪䈜(I haven't seen you for a long time)ᤓᣣ䈲䇮䈬䈉䉅䈅䉍䈏䈫䈉䈗䈙䈇䉁䈚䈢(Thank you for your yesterday support)ⴕ䈦 䈩䈐 䉁 䈜(I will go)䈇䈦䈩䉌 䈦 䈚 䉆䈇(Take care)䈍⺀↢ᣣ䈍䉄䈪䈫 䈉 䋣 (Happy birthday!)Business 䈇䈧䉅 䈍਎⹤䈮䈭䈦 䈩 䈍䉍 䉁 䈜(Thank you for your every support)䉋䉐䈚䈒 䈍㗿䈇⥌䈚䉁䈜(Thank you for your help in advance)↳䈚 ⸶䈗 䈙䈇䉁 䈞䉖(I'm sorry)ᄢᄌᄬ␞⥌䈚 䉁 䈚 䈢(I beg your pardon)⥋ᕆਅ䈘 䈇(Please give me a call as quickly)ዋ䇱䈍ᓙ䈤㗂䈔䉁 䈜䈎(Could you wait a minute?)ᓟ䈾䈬 䈗 ㅪ⛊䈇䈢 䈚 䉁 䈜(I'll get back to you later)ᓟ䈾䈬 䈗 ㅪ⛊䈇䈢 䈚 䉁 䈜(I'll get back to you later)FAX⏕⹺䉕 䈍㗿䈇䈚 䉁 䈜(Please confirm the facsimile)㔚ゞㆃᑧ䈱䈢䉄䇮 ㆃ䉏䉁 䈜(I'll be late because of delaying the train)
301Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingPrivate ㆆ䈶䈮ⴕ䈖 䈉 (Let's go out)㘶䉂䈮ⴕ䈐 䉁 䈞䉖䈎䋿 (Shall we go drinking?)ㆃ䉏䉁 䈜(I'll be late)ᄌᦝ䈚 䉁 䈜(I'll change)ਛᱛ䈪䈜(Cancel)వ䈮ⴕ䈐 䉁 䈜(I'll go first)వ䈮Ꮻ䉍 䉁 䈜(I'll be back first)ᤨ㑆䈪䈜(Time's up)૗䈚 䈩 䉎 䈱䋿 (What are you doing?)䈬䈖䈮䈇䉎䈱䋿(Where are you now?)Reply Thank you!bye-bye!䌏䌋䈪䈜(OK)䌎䌇䈪䈜(No)䈅䉍 䈏䈫 䈉 (Thank you)䈗䉄䉖䈭䈘䈇(I 'am sorry)䉅 䈉 ዋ䈚 ᓙ䈦 䈩䈩(Waite a minute)ᓟ䈪ㅪ⛊౉䉏䉁 䈜(I'll contact with you later)੹䈪䈐 䈭䈇(Cannot make a call now)ੌ⸃䋣䋣 (I see! !)Pictograph idiom 䋨䈉䉏䈚䈇䋩(with pleasure)(OK)䋨䊤䊑䊤䊑䋩(Lovely)䋨Ꮻ䉎䋩(I'll be back)(䋨䈲䋿䋩(what ?)(䈖䉖䈮䈤䈲)(Hello)䋨 㔚⹤ᓙ䈦 䈩 䉁 䈜䋩 (Waiting your call)䋨䈉䉏䈚䈇䋩(with pleasure)䋨ᔶ䉎䋩(Anger)䋨䉪䊥䉴䊙䉴䋩(Christmas)User composer1/2 Not registered phrase in the Original 1 ~ 10.Category Common Phrases
302Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingCombinations of Multiaccess Functions䂾 : Can be launched.㬍 : Cannot be launched.䂦 : Can be launched under certain conditions䋭 : Not available concurrently.䋪1䋺An i-appli cannot be transmitted.䋪2䋺If you subscribe to "Call waiting", you can place the current voice call on hold and make/receive another call.䋪3䋺While communicating, the incoming log entry is recorded as a missed call. While not communicating, you can answer the incoming call.䋪4䋺i-mode will be disconnected, and a call will be made.䋪5䋺A call can be made using the Phonebook, Mail (SMS), or the i-mode Browser.䋪6䋺You can send SMS if the received mail log contains a mail address. You can send Mail or SMS using the Phonebook.䋪7䋺The scanning function pattern data update will be terminated.䋪8䋺The i-mode or SMS will be displayed on the Stand-by display when it arrives.CommunicationEventVoice call Video Phone Packet communication SMSRunningApplicationOutgoing Incoming Outgoing Incomingi-modeScanningfunction patterndata updateSoftwareUpdateOutgoing IncomingOutgoing IncomingVoice call 䂦䋪2䋪5䂦䋪2㬍䂦䋪3䂦䋪1䂾㬍 㬍䂾䋪6䂾Video Phone 㬍䂦䋪3䋭䂦䋪3㬍㬍 㬍 㬍 㬍䂾i-mode 䂾䂾䂦䋪4䂦䋪3䋭䋭 㬍 㬍 㬍䂾Scanning function pattern data update 㬍䂦䋪7㬍㬍㬍㬍䋪8㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪8Software Update 㬍䂾㬍㬍㬍㬍䋪8㬍䋭㬍䂦䋪8
303Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingCombinations of Multitask Functions䂾 : Can run concurrently.㬍 : Cannot run concurrently.䂦 : Can be launched under certain conditions䋭 : Not available concurrently.䋪1䋺microSD is not available during music playback.䋪2䋺Applications in the New task menu can be executed.䋪3䋺Can be launched using the music key.䋪4䋺Pause the playback. After the call is terminated, the playback automatically resumes from the paused position.䋪5䋺Can be executed only when the Scanning function is turned off.New Applicationi-modeMenu/i-ChanneliappliService,SettingsDataboxStationary,Lifekit,CameraPhonebookUserdataLowbatteryPlayingmusic䇭Voice callVideo PhoneMail SMSRunningApplicationOutgoingIncomingOutgoingIncomingSendingReceivingSendingReceivingMail 䋭㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪2䂾䂾䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭䂾䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭i-mode 䋭㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪2䂾䂾䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭i-appli 㬍䋭㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍䋭㬍㬍 䋭 㬍 䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭Service, Setting 㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍䋭㬍㬍 䋭 㬍 䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭Data box 䂾㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪2䂾䂾䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭Stationery, Lifekit, Camera 䂾㬍㬍㬍㬍䂾䂾䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭Phonebook 䂾㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪2㬍䂾䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭User-defined data open 䂾㬍㬍㬍䂦䋪2䂾䋭䋭䂾䋪3䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭Alarm is running 㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍䋭㬍㬍 䋭 㬍 䋭㬍䋭㬍䋭Voice call 䂾㬍㬍㬍㬍䂾䂾䋭㬍䂦䋪8 䋪9䂦䋪8㬍䂦䋪10 䂦䋪1䂾䂾䋪6䂾During a video call䋪14 㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍䋭㬍㬍䂦䋪3䋭䂦䋪10 㬍㬍㬍䂾Scanning function pattern data update㬍㬍㬍䂾㬍䂾䋪5䂾䋪5䂾䋪6䂾䋪3㬍䂦䋪12 㬍㬍㬍㬍䋪13 㬍䂦䋪13Software Update 㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍㬍䋭㬍㬍 䂾 㬍 㬍 㬍㬍䋪13 㬍䂦䋪13MusicPlayback (BGM)䋪15䂾㬍㬍䂦䋪1㬍䂾䂾䋭䋭䂦䋪4䋭䂦䋪4䋭䂾䋭䂾䋭Continue on the next page
304Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting䋪6䋺If update is possible, continuous operation takes precedence; if update is not possible, cancellation takes precedence. After either operation, the alert will be displayed.䋪7䋺An i-appli cannot be transmitted.䋪8䋺If you subscribe to "Call waiting", you can place the current voice call on hold and make/receive another call.䋪9䋺A call can be made using the Phonebook, Mail (SMS), or the i-mode Browser.䋪10䋺 While communicating, the incoming log entry is recorded as a missed call. While not communicating, you can answer the incoming call.䋪11䋺 You can send SMS if the received mail log contains a mail address. You can send Mail or SMS using the Phonebook.䋪12䋺 The scanning function pattern data update will be terminated.䋪13䋺 The i-mode or SMS will be displayed on the Stand-by display when it arrives.䋪14䋺 The Phonebook can be searched during a call, however, mail or SMS cannot be sent.䋪15䋺 During music playback, the Camera or an i-appli cannot be launched.Services Available from FOMA HandsetServices Available from FOMA Handset Phone NumberDirectory assistance of fixed line phones and DoCoMo mobile phones (pay service : service and call charges)(No assistance provided for subscribers not listed)(No prefix) 104Telegraph (charges apply : telegram fee) (No prefix) 115Time check (charges apply) (No prefix) 117Weather forecast (charges apply) Area code + 177Police emergency (No prefix) 110Fire and ambulance (No prefix) 119Marine emergency call and accident reports (No prefix) 118Message Dial of disaster (charges apply) (No prefix) 171Collect call (Charges apply to the receiver) (No prefix) 106Note• If you use collect call service (106), the receiver of a call is charged for the call cost and commission of \90 (\94.5 including tax) per call (as of 䃂 2007).• When you use directory assistance service (104), you are charged for a call cost and service charge of \100 (\105 with tax included). The service is provided free of charge for those visually impaired or physically disabled in the upper body. For details, contact at 116 (NTT sales contact) from a fixed line phone (as of 䃂䃂 2007)• When you use "Call Forwarding" of fixed line phone and have specified a mobile phone as its forwarding destination, the caller may hear a ring tone even if the mobile phone is busy, out of service area or power OFF depending on the settings of the fixed line phones and mobile phones.• Services such as call to 116 (NTT sales center), Dial Q2, Message Service and credit card calls are unavailable. (Credit card calls can be made from a fixed line phone or public phone to FOMA handset.).• Even when the UIM is not inserted, emergency phone numbers (911, 999, 112, 000, and 08) can be dialed to make an emergency call overseas. However, when the Self Mode is set to "On", emergency calls cannot be made.• This FOMA handset support "✕ᕆㅢႎ૏⟎ㅢ⍮ (Emergency Location Report)". For a call to 110, 119 or 118 from FOMA handset, the originating location cannot be identified. Depending on your location of dialing or wave condition, a correct location may not be recognized at the emergency call center. If the call is set to Not notify call such as adding "184", the location and the phone number is not notified. The term of opening "✕ᕆㅢႎ૏⟎ㅢ⍮ (Emergency Location Report)" differs on preparation condition of the emergency call location report.• For a call to 110, 119 or 118 from FOMA handset, the originating location cannot be identified. Because the police or fire department may try to contact you, inform them that you are calling using a mobile phone and give your phone number and detailed information of the place you are. Do not move while you are talking over a call to prevent it from being terminated unexpectedly. Do not turn the power OFF immediately after the call is over; keep FOMA handset ready to receive calls for approximately 10 minutes.• Depending on the area you are calling from, you may not be connected to the local police or fire department. In such case, use a public phone or fixed line phone nearby.
305Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingOptions and Related DevicesUsing FOMA handset with various option devices makes it applicable to diversified fields covering personalto business usages. Some of the products listed below may be unavailable in some areas.For details, contact a service counter such as DoCoMo shop. For details of option devices, see the relatedoperation manuals.• Battery Pack L03 • Carry Case S 01• Rear Cover L04 • FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01• Desktop Holder L01 • FOMAIndoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)• Flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch P01 • FOMA USB Cable• Flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch P02 • FOMA AC Adapter 01• Earphone Jack Conversion Adapter P001 • FOMA AC Adapter 02• Earphone/microphone with Switch P001 • FOMA Overseas/Domestic AC Adapter 01䋪• earphone/microphone with Switch P002 •• Stereo Earphone Set P001 • FOMA Dry Cell Battery Adapter 01• Flat-plug stereo earphone set P01 • Bone conduction microphone/receiver 01• FOMA DC Adapter 01 • FOMAIndoor Booster Antenna• FOMA DC Adapter 02 • FOMA FOMA Auxiliary Charger Adapter 01㶎䋺 For overseas use, a compatible conversion plug adapter is required.Video Play SoftwareYou need Apple Computer Inc.'s QuickTime Player (free of charge) Version 6.4 or higher (or Version 6.3 +3GPP) to play videos (in MP4 file format) captured with the FOMA handset on a PC.You can download the QuickTime Player from the following web site:http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/Note• You need a PC connected to the Internet to download the software. Separate communication charges may apply for downloading.• For details about operating environment, downloading or operations, visit the above web site.
306Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingTroubleshootingSymptom CheckThe FOMA handset cannot be powered on (the FOMA handset cannot be used)• Is the battery pack inserted correctly?→P41• Is the battery pack charged?→P44• If mova is enabled under the Dual Network service, some FOMA services are not available. Check whether FOMA is enabled. For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [Network services]".→P261 A call cannot be made even if the Dial Keys are pressed • Is Dialing call lock set?→P114• Is Lock all set?→P113• Is Self Mode set?→P115After a call is dialed, a busy tone sounds and the call cannot be connected• Did you enter the city code?→P50• Is the phone out of service are→P46The icon indicating the network status remains out of service area and "Out of service area" is displayed• Are you out of service area, or in the week/poor radio wave reception level?→P46The security code entry screen is open on the Stand-by display • Is Lock all set?→P113Pressing the Side keys while the FOMA handset is closed does nothing• Is "Keypad unlock" set to "Slide up only"?→P116Charging is not available (the charging light of the FOMA handset does not light, the illumination blinks in red, the display blinks)• Is the battery pack inserted correctly?→P41• Is the adapter power plug correctly connected to the outlet or cigarette lighter socket?• Is the AC adapter is connected to the handset properly?→P44Display is not bright enough • Is "Power save mode" set?→P103• Is battery power running out? Charge the battery.→P44A different ringtone sounds for incoming mail • Is the sender saved in the Phonebook with a different ringtone?→P78• Is the sender saved in the Phonebook under a category with a different ringtone assigned?→P81Images or melodies set for function do not work and default settings are used• Is the same UIM installed that was inserted when images or melodies were obtained?→P39The accumulated call charges do not increase • Have you exceeded the call charge maximum? Reset the accumulated call charge to restart counting.→P240"Please wait." or "No lines/ channels available" is displayed.• Audio line/packet communication facility failed, or audio line/packet communication network is extremely busy. Try again later."Time out." appears and i-mode mail and SMS cannot be sent.
307Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting䂓When overseasSymptom CheckThe icon indicating the network status remains as out of service area, and the international roaming service is not available• Are you out of the international roaming service area, or in a location with weak radio wave reception?• Check whether you are in an available service area and whether you are using a carrier listed with the "DoCoMo WORLD SERVICE User's Guide" or DoCoMo's "international service web site".• Switch to an available network.→P276Video calls, i-mode mail, SMS, and packet communication are not available• Check whether you are in an available service area and whether you are using a carrier listed with the "DoCoMo WORLD SERVICE User's Guide" or DoCoMo's "international service web site".• Switch to an available network.→P276Calls or mail cannot be received • Is "Call Barring Roaming" activated?→P277After returning to Japan, the network status icon still shows out of service area• Is "Network mode"set to "GSM / only"?→P276
308Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingError MessagesError Messages Description ReferenceNot enough data memory There was not enough storage space in the inbox whenattempting to obtain the selected received attached file.Delete unnecessary received mail. P174, P175Please check address The SMScannotbe senttothe enteredaddress.Checktheaddress. 䋭Input address No address was entered. Enter an address. P161Could not send to thefollowing address. Mail could not be sent to the displayed address properly.Move failed The file/data could not be moved because an error or otherproblem occurred. 䋭Some data couldn't save There is data that could not be saved because of notenough storage space in the save location. Deleteunnecessary files. Delete unnecessary files. 䋭No response(408) The handset was unable to connect because there was noresponse from the site or web page. Try again. 䋭Same time already set Another i-appli is set to start automatically at the sametime. Two or more i-appli cannot start automatically at thesame time. Two or more i-appli cannot start automaticallyat the same time.P186Same file already existsThe file/folder cannot be created or saved because a file/folder of the same name already exists.䋭MessageF data cannot bereceived while you areabroad. Remove the checkmark from "MessageF" inthe "Check new messages"settings. Check the CenterInquiry functions(566)MessageF data cannot be received while you are abroad.Remove the check mark from "MessageF" in the "Checknew messages" settings. Remove the check mark from"MessageF" in the "Check new messages" settings. P180No song! No song exists. Save music. P220Cannot find file! The corresponding music does not exist. 䋭Select items The operation cannot be performed because no song isselected. Select a song. Select a song. 䋭Cannot add songs! Only up to 50 songs can be registered to one playlist.Delete unnecessary music from the playlist. Deleteunnecessary music from the playlist. P225Image size over.Reduced image in message The total file size of images inserted in the Deco-mailexceeded the specified value. Delete images in themessage. 䋭Error in image.Does not work correctly. The operation could not be performed properly becausethe image is invalid. 䋭View images to "Off"Can't download. Images cannot be downloaded because "Image" is set to"Off." Change the setting. P148Save image? The data cannot be saved because it is a Flash file thatcannot be saved or an image that has not been completelydownloaded. 䋭Number of images doesover.Reduce image in messageThe maximum number of images that can be inserted inDeco-mail has been reached. Delete images in themessage. 䋭
309Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFailed to load screen memo Thescreenmemo cannotbedisplayed becauseanerror orother problem occurred. 䋭No screen memos No screen memos have been registered. 䋭Cannot add screen memo The screen memo cannot be added because an error orother problem occurred. 䋭Software failed The handset failed to start the i-appli DX. 䋭Failed capture The image cannot be cropped because an error occurred. 䋭Enter MCC No country code (MCC) was entered. Enter the countrycode. P276Out of service area The operation cannot be performed because the handsetis in a location with no signal or out of the FOMA servicearea. 䋭Out of service area The program cannot be downloaded because the handsetis out of the service area. Move to a location with a strongsignal and then try downloading manually. P217Enter subject No subject was entered for the scheduleor To Do. Enter asubject. P232, P235This UIM cannot berecognized The UIM cannot be recognized or the wrong UIM isinserted. Reinsert the UIM or insert the correct UIM andthen try the operation again. P38Can't zoom in case of thissize. "Select size" is set to "UXGA(1200x1600)" or "SXGA(960x128)" To use the zoom, set the size to other than these. P132Certificate isrejected.(tampered) A problem was detected during processing of thecertificate for the SSL session. The connection wascancelled. 䋭A connection could not be established because an SSLcertificate that has been tampered with was received.Unable to download. The data cannot be downloaded because the file is invalidor an error occurred. 䋭Unable to download.Delete program The program cannot be downloaded because there is noregistration for it in My Menu. Register the music channelprogram provider site in My Menu. P141This data may not bedisplayed There is a possibility that this data may not be able to beplayed. 䋭Unable to acquire Unable to acquire 䋭Cannot forward this item The selected data cannot be attached to mail and thensent. 䋭Set the clock to obtain data. The data cannot be obtained because the clock has notbeen set. P47File format not supported The setting cannot be configured because the file is in anunsupported format. 䋭This file cannot be attached The file cannot be attached to i-mode mail. 䋭Some function is limited inUIM Functions are limited because a different UIM card isinserted than the one that was inserted when thedata wasdownloaded from a site or the mail attachment file orMessageR/F data was saved.P39Invalid content.Change i-motion type forreplayThe handset is set not to obtain streaming type i-motion.Change the setting. P153Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
310Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingCannot create folder No more folders can be added because the maximumnumber of folders has been reached. 䋭Too many items areprotected No more screen memos can be protected. 䋭Invalid content,Download failed The content cannot be downloaded because it is invalid. 䋭Incomplete downloading The data is not completely downloaded. 䋭Size over.Reduce message or deleteattached fileThe mail cannot be sent because it exceeds the maximumpossible size for sending. Reduce the size of the messageor delete attached files. 䋭Playback error The data cannot be played back because it contains anerror. 䋭Cannot play this data The data cannot be played back. 䋭Unable to play. The data could not be played back because an error orother problem occurred. 䋭Replay period has not yetstarted.Unable to play.Playback is not possible because today's date is not in theplayback period set for the i-motion, music data, or musicchannel program. Play back the data from a date for whichplayback is possible. .䋭Replay is restrictedmm/dd/yyyy, hh:mm 䌾MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MMPlayback is not possible because today's date is not in theplayback period set for the i-motion, music data, or musicchannel program. Play back the data during the playbackperiod.䋪The year, month, day, and time are indicated in the Xpart.䋭Replay is restrictedmm/dd/yyyy, hh:mm 䌾MM/DD/YYYY, HH:MMPlayback is not possible because today's date is not in theplayback period set for the i-motion, music data, or musicchannel program. Play back the data within the playbackperiod.䋪The year, month, day, and time are indicated in the Xpart.䋭Unable toobtain data duetoreplay restriction data error The data cannot be obtained because it is invalid ortoday's date is not in the playback period. 䋭no recent played info! The data cannot be played back because there is noplayed information. 䋭Size of this page is notsupported The reception was stopped and only the obtained portionis displayed because the site or web page is large. 䋭Size of this page is notsupported The downloading/obtaining of data was stopped becausethe data exceeded the maximum size of data that can bedownloaded/obtained. 䋭Unable to download. The data cannot be obtained because the data sizeexceeds the maximum for retrieving. 䋭Unable to download.Data exceeds maximumsize (452)The data could not be received because it exceeds themaximum size. 䋭Unable to download,Data exceeds maximumsizeThe data cannot be downloaded because it exceeds themaximum size of data that can be downloaded. 䋭Up to 10 screen memos canbe protected. No morememos can be protected.Up to 10 screen memos can be protected. unable toprotect it.URL address changed (301)Thesite orwebpage isautomaticallyforwardingto anURLor the URL has changed. . 䋭Connection failed(403) The handset cannot connect to the site or web page. 䋭Error Messages Description Reference
311Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingFile with copyright will bedeleted The handset will delete the attached file and then send themessage because the file is copyrighted. 䋭Cannot be deleted The data cannot be deleted because there was an error. 䋭There is no bookmark thatcan be deleted. The operation cannot be performed because there is nobookmark that can be deleted. 䋭There is nota messagetodelete There is no message that can be deleted because allmessages are protected. 䋭There is nobookmarkthatcan be deleted. There is no message that can be deleted because nomessage exists or all messages are protected. 䋭Failed to delete The handset failed to delete the data because an error orother problem occurred. 䋭Canceled deleting Deleting was cancelled deleting because an error or otherproblem occurred. 䋭Number of creating folder is20EA. A new folder cannot be created because the number offolders that can be created (20) has been exceeded. P195Service is not registered You have not subscribed for the i-mode service. 䋭Service is not provided The handset failed to send the SMS because the service isnot provided. 䋭Format not supported The operation cannot be performed because it is notsupported. 䋭Not supported The operation cannot be performed because it is notsupported. 䋭Page is not found(404) The site or web page does may not exist or the URL maybe wrong. Check the URL and then try again. 䋭No content is available (204) There is no data available at the specified site. 䋭No requested software The specified software cannot be started because it doesnot exist. 䋭Requested softwareunavailable The operation cannot be performedbecause the specifiedsoftware cannot be started. 䋭No messages There was no message that matched the conditionsspecified for the filter operation. 䋭No data There was no mail that matched the conditions specifiedfor the filter operation. 䋭Unable to retrieve therequested URL (504) The site or web page does may not exist or the URL maybe wrong. Check the URL and then try again. 䋭Invalid number! An invalid number was entered or no number was entered.Enter a valid number. 䋭Invalid address The message cannot be sent because the mail address isinvalid. 䋭3 i-applis have been alreadyregistered for auto-start The number of i-appli that can be set to start automaticallyis up to three. 䋭Please wait The handset failed to send the SMS. Wait a while and thentry again. 䋭Low battery.Can't update There is not enough battery power. Charge the battery. P42Invalid end time f the start date and end date of a schedule event are thesame, the end time is set to a time earlier than the starttime. Set an end time that is later than the start time. P232, P235Invarid end date The end date is set earlier than the start date. Set theschedule event so that the end date is later than the startdate. P232, P235Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
312Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingReceiving.Please wait The handset is receiving data. Wait a while. 䋭Cannot receive message The selected message cannot be received because thehost address set for "Host Selection" is wrong. Check thesetting and then try again. P149There is no empty space inINBOX.Please delete unnecessarymail to receive SMSSMS cannot be received because there is not enoughstorage space in the inbox. Delete unnecessary receivedmail. P174, P175Inbox is full The i-motion cannot be received because there is notenough storage space in the inbox. Delete unnecessaryreceived mail. P174, P175SMS cannot be moved/copied from the UIM because thereis not enough storage space in the inbox. Deleteunnecessary received mail.No messages There are no received messages. 䋭Reception rejected The handset failed to send the SMS because the receptionwas rejected. 䋭Canceled receiving The reception was cancelled. 䋭No Certificates There are no SSL certificates. 䋭Schedule is full There is not enough storage space for Schedule. Deleteunnecessary schedule events. P235Already set The mail address cannot be set because it is already setfor auto sort. 䋭Already exists The network cannot be registered because it is alreadyregistered. 䋭Host name already exists The host name cannot be registered because it is alreadyregistered. 䋭Already exist The network cannot be registered because it is alreadyregistered. 䋭Same URL already saved The URL cannot be saved because it is already registeredon the FOMA handset. 䋭Already received messageon server The message cannot be sent because it is already storedon the server. 䋭All data is invalid. The operation cannot be performed because all the data isinvalid. 䋭Could not parse all mail toparameters Some of the parameters exceed the limit. 䋭Cannot playf or limit size The file attached to the i-mode mail cannot be playedbecause it exceeds the limit size. 䋭Cannot play for limit size The file attached to the i-mode mail cannot be playedbecause it exceeds the limit size. 䋭Connection failed(400) The handset was unable to connect properly because ofan error on the access point. 䋭Unable to connect. Unable to connect because of the network problem.Please retry after a while.Connection interrupted The connection was interrupted because an error or otherproblem occurred. 䋭Host address is empty There is no host address entered. Enter the host address. P145Host name is empty There is no host name entered. Enter the host name. P145Access point is empty There isno accesspointnumber entered.Enterthe accesspoint number. P145Error Messages Description Reference
313Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingConnection failed A connection cannot be established because the hostaddress set for "Host Selection" is wrong. Check thesetting and then try again. P149Time out. The i-mode center is congested. Wait a while and then tryagain. 䋭Time out.Resume download? The attached file linked to the i-mode mail could not bedownloaded within the set time. Do you want to trydownloading again? 䋭Failed set ! The ringtone could not be set because an error occurred. 䋭Setting self mode The operation cannot be performed because self mode isset. Set self mode to "OFF". P115Not able to insert a chosenimage The selected image could not be inserted because itexceeds the specified value. 䋭Service unavailable The handset cannot connect to the network because it isout of the service area or in a location withno signal. Moveto a location with a strong signal and then set the network. 䋭Service unavailable The list of networks cannot be displayed because there isno UIM inserted. Insert the UIM and then try using thehandset. P38Service unavailable The network list could not be saved with "UPLMNselect bylist" of "Preferred NW lists." 䋭No decorations. Cannotsave as template. The template cannot be saved because there are nodecorations. 䋭Preparing to send The handset is preparing to send the i-mode mail. Wait awhile. 䋭Address is not valid(451)Check the address.(451) The mail could not be sent properly. Check the addressand then try again. P161, P181Server is full(551) The mail/SMS could not be sent properly. 䋭Transmission failed(XXX) The mail could not be sent properly.䋪A number that indicates the type of error appearsinstead of X. 䋭Could not send mailServer is full(551) The mail space for the recipient is full. 䋭Outbox is full SMScannotbe copied/movedfrom theUIM becausethereis not enough storage space in the outbox. Deleteunnecessary sent and unsent mail.P174, P176,P177, P178No messages There is no outbox mail 䋭Transmission rejected. The sending of the SMS was rejected. 䋭Cancelled sending Sending was cancelled. 䋭Up-to-date software The i-appli cannot be updated because it has already beenupdated to the latest version. 䋭This software contains anerror The i-appli data cannot be downloaded because itcontains an error. 䋭Downloaded canceled dueto the SW error The i-appli data cannot be downloaded because itcontains an error. 䋭unsupported card format.please format again. The format of the microSD memory card is not supported.Use the FOMA L705i to format the microSD memory card. P207The data cannot bedisplayed because it is notsupported.The data cannot be displayed because it is not supported. 䋭Invalid title Invalid characters or no characters were entered for thetitle name. Enter a valid title name. 䋭Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
314Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingTime out The handset searched for a network for the set amount oftime, but no network could be found Check whether the"Switch 3G/GSM" setting is correct. P276Keypad dial lock The operation cannot be performed because DialingRestriction is set. Remove the checkmark for "Keypad diallock" in the Call/Mail lock settings. P114Unable to download in thistime The program cannot be downloaded during this time zone.Download the program during the distribution time. 䋭Unable to download.Check your battery is fullycharged.There is not enough battery power to download theprogram. Charge the battery until appears. P42Download failed The data could not be downloaded because an error orother problem occurred. 䋭Already downloaded An i-appli of the same version has already beendownloaded. 䋭i-mode mail service is busy.Please try again later(XXX) The line is very busy. Wait a while and then try again.䋪A number that indicates the type of error appearsinstead of X. 䋭Security code error The security code is incorrect. Enter the correct securitycode. P110Call rejected An incoming call was rejected because it wasfrom a callernot registered in the phonebook. To receive calls fromcallers not in the phonebook, set "Memory reject call" to"OFF."P121An incoming call was rejected because it was from a callerregistered in "Reject on list." P118An incoming call was rejected because "Reject all calls" isset to "Disconnect all." P119Failed to retrieve channelinformation When retrieving i-Channel information, the handset failedto obtain the information because some or all channelinformation could not be retrieved. Move to a location witha strong signal and then press Qfor at least 1second instand-by to receive the information.䋭Connection suspended The connection was suspended because the set amountof time elapsed without finding the other party. Check thedistance from the other party, angle, and operatingprocedure.P212, P213Exchange failed Communication failed because, for instance, the operationwas suspended. 䋭Battery low The battery level is low. Charge the battery. P42Invalid data The operation cannot be performed because the data isinvalid. 䋭Input data The country name and country code were not entered.Enter the country name and country code. P62Receiving canceled Downloading was suspended because the handset wentout of the service area. Move to a location with a strongsignal. 䋭Error Messages Description Reference
315Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingLow batteryCannot start camera-mode The operation cannot be performed because there is notenough battery power. Charge the battery. P42Low batteryCan't use The function cannot be used because there is not enoughbattery power. Charge the battery. P42Low batteryExit microSD mode microSD mode ended because there is not enough batterypower. Charge the battery. P42No attachable file There is no file that can be attached. 䋭Attached file is deleted The attached file will be deleted and then the mail will beforwarded because a different UIM card is inserted thanthe one that was inserted when the i-mode mailattachment file was received.P39Template is full There is not enough storage space for Template. Deleteunnecessary templates. P165Size over The size of the template exceeds the specified value.Delete the message or inserted images. P165Phonebook is full There is not enough storage space for the phonebookentry. Delete unnecessary phonebook entries. P87Failed Clipping The video could not be edited because an error occurred. 䋭Check failed The handset failed to check for new SMS. 䋭Registration is inprogress(554) The operation cannot be performed because userregistration is taking place.Wait a while and then try again. 䋭No bookmark data. The bookmark cannot be added because there is nobookmark data that can be added. 䋭Incomplete data saved The bookmark cannot be added because there is nobookmark data that can be added. Incomplete data wassaved. To retrieve the rest of the data, perform theoperation manually.P217Day is out of range The period specified is incorrect. Set a period from 2 to 31days. P234Too muchdata wasentered. Sending is not possible because too many characterswere entered in the site or web page input field. Reducethe number of characters and then try sending again. 䋭Input error(205) The input data contains an error. Check the input data. 䋭Authentication type is notsupported (401) A connection cannot be established because theauthentication type is not supported. 䋭Authentication failed The wrong security code was entered. Enter the correctsecurity code. 䋭Authenticationcanceled(401) The connection was suspended because authenticationfailed. 䋭Enter correct Networksecurity code. The network security code is wrong. Enter the correctnetwork security code. 䋭Enter MNC. The MNC was not entered. Enter the MNC. P276Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
316Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingUnableto acquireremainingdataData deletedWhile attempting to download the remaining data of apartially saved file, the data was deleted because an erroroccurred and downloading failed. 䋭Password is notcorrect(401) The user name or password entered in the authenticationscreen of a site or web page was wrong. Enter theinformation again. 䋭Music channel downloading Downloading or playback is notpossible because a musicchannel program is being downloaded. Wait a while andthen try again. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not start Data back up The data backup cannot be started because a musicchannel program is being downloaded.You can press M[Cancel] to cancel downloading. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not update patterndata.The pattern data cannot be updated because a musicchannel program is being downloaded.You can press M[Cancel] to cancel downloading. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not start ADL. The ADL cannot be started because a music channelprogramis beingdownloaded.You canpressM[Cancel]to cancel downloading. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not start i-application Communication with the i-appli is not possible because amusic channel program is being downloaded.You canpress M[Cancel] to cancel downloading. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not start i-mode An i-mode connection cannot be established because amusic channel program is being downloaded.You canpress M[Cancel] to cancel downloading. 䋭Program is downloading.Can not start PPP A PPP connection cannot be established because a musicchannelprogram isbeingdownloaded. Youcan press M[Cancel] to cancel downloading. 䋭Receiving failed.Because mail to indicatecan't replace itThe mail cannot be received because the handset isattempting to overwrite the mail that is currently displayed. 䋭There are no files There are no files in the folder. 䋭This file is not supported. The file cannot be played because the data is notsupported or corrupted. 䋭Invalid File(493) The operation cannot be performed because the file thatwas obtained is corrupted. 䋭Cannot find file The operation cannot be performed because the selectedfile does not exist. 䋭File error The operation cannot be performed because the file isinvalid. 䋭File is deleted The file will be deleted and then the mail sent because apasted file cannot be forwarded. 䋭Failed to create file The file could not be moved/copied because an erroroccurred. 䋭Attached file size is over The maximum attachment size has been exceeded. 䋭Cannot save file The file could not be saved because an error or otherproblem occurred. 䋭Incorrect folder name Invalid characters or no characters were entered for thefolder name. Enter a valid folder name. 䋭Error Messages Description Reference
317Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingXXX folder can't delete The selected folder cannot be deleted.䋪The corresponding folder name is displayed instead ofXXX. 䋭Delete invalid address. An invalid address was deleted. 䋭Invalid data Theoperationcannot beperformedbecause thewrongfileis selected. 䋭The operation cannot be performed because the data isinvalid.Invalid title is included Invalid characters or no characters were entered for thefolder name. Enter a valid folder name. 䋭Bookmark is full. There is not enough storage space for the bookmark.Delete unnecessary bookmarks. P143, P144Could not parse allbookmark data⴫␜䈪䈐 䈭䈇䉅 䈱䈏䈅 䉍 䉁䈜Some bookmarks cannot be displayed because there aretoo many bookmarks. 䋭No bookmarks. There are no bookmarks added. 䋭Cannot add bookmark. The bookmark cannot be added because an error or otherproblem occurred. 䋭Unknown error. The operation cannot be performed because an unknownerror occurred. 䋭Cannot add to playlist! The song cannot be added because the maximum numberof playlists/songs in each playlist has been added. Deleteunnecessary playlists/songs. P225Cannot create playlist! Only up to 10 playlists can be added. Delete unnecessaryplaylists. P225There is not a messagetocancel protection Protection cannot be cancelled because there is noprotected mail. 䋭There is nota message toprotect Protection cannot be cancelled because there are noprotected messages. 䋭There is not a messagetoprotect There is no mail that can be protected because all mail isalready protected. 䋭There is not a message tocancel protection There is no mail that can be protected because all mail isalready protected. 䋭Not protected message? There are no protected messages. 䋭Retention period hasexpired(492) An unobtained attachment file cannot be obtainedbecause the retention period at the i-mode center hasexpired. 䋭Network Unavailable The data could not be saved because an error occurred. 䋭Canceled saving Saving was cancelled because an error or other problemoccurred. 䋭No save area The operation cannot be performed because there is notenough storage space in the save location. Deleteunnecessary files. 䋭Home page not set A connection cannot be established because the homepage is not set. P148Home page disabled The home page is set to "Disable." Set it to "Enable." P148Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
318Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingHandset memory is full No more settings can be configured. Delete unnecessaryitems. 䋭Cannot send message forsize over.Delete messageThe mail cannot be sent because the maximum number ofcharacters that can be entered for a message has beenexceeded. Reduce the size of the message. Reduce thesize of the message.P161Cannot save message forsize over.Delete messageThe mail cannot be sent because the maximum number ofcharacters that can be entered for a message has beenexceeded. Reduce the size of the message. P161Cannot send message fornumber of images over.Reduce image in messageThe mail cannot be sent because the number of insertedimages exceeds the specified number. Delete images inthe message. P162Cannot save message fornumber of images over.Reduce image in messageThe mail cannot be saved because the number of insertedimages exceeds the specified number. Delete images inthe message. P162Messageentrysize exceedslimited.Delete messageThe maximum possible number of characters for themessage has been exceeded. Reduce the size of themessage. P161Cannot edit message The message cannot be edited. 䋭Cannot save imagewithoutplaying The data cannot be saved because it is a Flash file.䋭The data cannot be saved because itis an unplayed Flashanimation.Unsent message is full There is not enough storage space for unsent messages.Delete unnecessary unsent or sent messages. P174, P176,P177, P178No messages There are no unsent messages. 䋭There's empty input.Input required The operation cannot be performed because some itemshave not be entered. 䋭Empty message cannot besaved An empty message cannot be saved. 䋭Expire Music channelcontract, Delete program The program cannot be downloaded because you have notsubscribed to the music channel. Subscribe Musicchannel. 䋭Music player is running. The operation cannot be performed because music playeris running. Press Pto end music player. 䋭Received invalid data The operation cannot be performed because the receiveddata contains an error. 䋭Invalid Data(XXX) The specified site or web page is not supported.䋪A number that indicates the type of error appearsinstead of X.䋭Check whether the URL is correct.䋪A number that indicates the type of error appearsinstead of X.Displayis notpossible becausethe receiveddata containsan error.䋪A number that indicates the type of error appearsinstead of X.Invalid date(pop#2) The value is outside the setting range of the date search. P238Invalid file name is included The file or folder cannot be saved or created because aninvalid character was entered for the file name or foldernam. 䋭No messages There is no MessageF data. 䋭Error Messages Description Reference
319Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingNo messages. There is no MessageR data. 䋭Folder is full There is not enough storage space for MessageR/F data.Delete unnecessary MessageR/F data. P151Message data is broken The message cannot be displayed because the messagedata is broken. 䋭Memory is full There is not enough storage space for memos. Deleteunnecessary memos. P241Memory is full The operation cannot be performed because there is notenough storage space in the save location. Deleteunnecessary files. 䋭Not enough memoryCan't save Only up to 10 access points can be registered. Deleteunnecessary access points. P149Not enough memory.Can't record A video cannot be recorded because there is not enoughmemory. 䋭Not enough memory There is not enough storage space in the move/copydestination. Delete unnecessary files. P195, P190,P202, P204Memory shortage The process will be suspended because there is notenough memory. 䋭Memory shortageStop Browser i-mode will end because there is not enough memory. 䋭Memory shortageReturn to Main Menu The process will be suspended because there is notenough memory. 䋭Folder is full There is not enough storage space for both received mailand MessageR/F data. Delete unnecessary received mailand MessageR/F data.P151, P174,P175Characters are too long toenter No more characters can be entered because the number ofentered characters exceeds the maximum. 䋭Loading. Wait a while because data is being loaded. 䋭Loading.Please wait. Wait a while because data is being loaded. 䋭Reject list full There is not enough storage space for the list.Delete unnecessary items. 䋭International roamingservice denied The operation cannot be performed because you have notsubscribed to WORLD WING. 䋭Can't save over 50 songs Only up to 50 songs can be added to Quick playlist.Delete unnecessary music from Quick playlist. P225Bookmark is full There is not enough storage space for the bookmark.Delete unnecessary bookmarks. P144Activationfailure becauseofdifferent UIM The i-appli could not be started automatically because ofthe UIM operation limit function. Insert the UIM that wasinserted when the file was obtained and then try again. P39Invalid UIM, requestedservice not available. The mail cannot be sentbecause of the UIM operation limitfunction. Insert the UIM that was inserted when the file wasobtained and then try again. P39Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
320Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingInvalid UIM, requestedservice not available. A different UIM card is inserted than the one that wasinserted when the data was downloaded from a site or themail attachment file or MessageR/F data was saved. Usethe data with the same UIM card that was inserted whenyou downloaded or saved the data.P39Invalid UIM cannot send The mail cannot besent becauseof the UIM operation limitfunction. Insert the UIM that was inserted when the mailwas created and then try again. P39Activationfailure becauseofdifferent UIM The i-appli could not be started automatically because ofthe UIM operation limit function. Insert the UIM that wasinserted when the file was obtained and then try again. P39*****Not enough memory. Ani-appli that is used in conjunction with the UIM insertedatthe timeofdownload froma siteorother locationcannotbe started. Use the i-appli with the same UIM inserted thatwas inserted when the i-appli was downloaded.P39Invalid UIM, incorrectdisplay Some data applicable to restrictions such as imagescannot be displayed because a different UIM card isinserted than the one that was inserted when the data wasdownloaded from a site or the mail attachment file orMessageR/F data was saved. Use the data with the sameUIM card that was inserted when you downloaded orsaved the data.P39Invalid UIM, incorrectdisplay A different UIM card is inserted than the one that wasinserted when the screen memo was saved. Use thescreen memo with the same UIM card inserted that wasinserted when you saved the data.P39UIM reading The UIM is being read. Wait a while and then try again. 䋭UIM not ready The UIM card is not inserted. Insert the UIM and then tryagain. P38UIM not ready The UIM card is not inserted. Insert the UIM and then tryusing the handset. P38Invalid UIM requestedsoftware can't start The specified software cannot be started because adifferent card is inserted than the one inserted when thesoftware was downloaded from a site or other location.Use the i-appli with the same UIM inserted that wasinserted when the i-appli was downloaded.P39Invalid UIM.Start not possible. An i-appli that is used in conjunction with the UIM insertedatthe timeofdownload froma siteorother locationcannotbe started. Use the i-appli with the same UIM inserted thatwas inserted when the i-appli was downloaded.P39"i-appli To" function is notset The i-appli cannot be started because there is nocheckmark added to the "Site i-appli to" setting. Add acheckmark and then try again. P189Cannot receivingi-Channel information Thei-Channel informationcannot bereceivedbecause theUIM is not inserted properly or there is a problem with theUIM. Check the UIM. P38Content length exceedsreplayable size for i-motion The data cannot be obtained because the data sizeexceeds the maximum for retrieving. 䋭Receiving data exceedsreplayable size for i-motion The data cannot be obtained because the data sizeexceeds the maximum for retrieving 䋭Check new message is setall OFF There are no checkmarks added for all items of the"Checknew messages" settings. Add checkmarks to these itemsand then try playback again. P180Error Messages Description Reference
321Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingmicroSD not Ready There is no microSD memory card inserted in the FOMAhandset. Insert a microSD memory card. P206microSD card ejected The microSD memory card was ejected while the contentsof the microSD memory card were displayed. Insert amicroSD memory card. P206microSDmemory cardis notavailable The microSD memory card was not recognized. Insert themicroSD memory card properly. P206microSD card not ready There is no microSD memory card inserted in the FOMAhandset. Insert a microSD memory card. P206PIN1 (PIN2) is locked. If the wrong PIN1/PIN2 code is entered 3 times in a row,the PIN lock is set. Enter the PUK code. P111PUK code not recognized If the wrong PIN1/PIN2 code is entered 3 times in a row,the PIN lock is set. Enter the PUK code. P111PIN1 code not recognized The PIN1 Unlock Code is wrong. Enter the correct PIN1Unlock code. P111PUK code error The entered PUK code is wrong. Enter the correct PUKcode. P112PUK code not recognized Ifyou enterthe wrongPUKcode 10timesin arow, thePUKcode is locked. Contact the service counter of a DoCoMoshop.Back cover ofthis manualPUKblocked IfyouenterthewrongPUKcode10timesinarow,thePUKcode is locked. Contact the service counter of a DoCoMoshop.Back cover ofthis manualNo PLMN found There is no network that can be selected. 䋭SD audio music is running The operation cannot be performed because the SD audioplayer is running.Press Pto end music player. 䋭Please check SMS Centersettings The handset failed to send the SMS. Check the "SMSCenter" setting. P182SSL session cannot beestablished. A connection could not be established because an SSLcertificate that has been tampered with was received or anSSL error occurred. 䋭SSL session failed. A problem was detected during processing of thecertificate for the SSL session. The connection wascancelled. 䋭A session was not possible because of an authenticationerror on the server.Root certificate is not valid. The certificate of the FOMA handset is set to invalid.Change the setting to establish a connection. P152SSL session wasterminated. The SSL session was terminated because a suspendoperation was performed. 䋭To do is full There is not enough space in the storage location for ToDo. Delete unnecessary To Do entries. P236Please set "To type"receiver There is no address set for the To field. Set at least oneaddress for the To field. P161URL is too long to register The URL cannot be registered because it contains toomany characters. 䋭Invalid URL The handset cannot connect to the site or Internet becausethe URL is invalid. 䋭Error Messages Description ReferenceContinue on the next page
322Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingNo URL history The operation cannot be performed because there is nohistory of connecting to the URL. 䋭Unplug the USB cable The FOMA USB connection cable is connected.Disconnect the cable and then try again. P210Disconnect USB cable formicroSD mode. Switching to communication mode is not possible whilethe FOMA USB connection cable is connected.Disconnect the cable and then try switching. P210㱍error An error occurred while an i-appli was starting. 䋭Error Messages Description Reference
323Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingWarranty and After-sales ServiceWarranty• Be sure to receive a warranty attached to FOMA handset you purchase. Read contents of the warranty and confirm items such as the "shop name and the date of purchase" and keep it in a safe place. If necessary items are not described, immediately contact the shop you purchased. The warranty for free repair is valid for 1 year from the date of purchase.• This product and its accessories are subject to change, in part or whole, for improvement without prior notice.•Saved contents of phonebook and other functions may be altered or lost by failure, repair or other handling of FOMA handset. You are recommended to note down the contents of phonebook and other functions as a precaution. In repair, etc. of FOMA handset, information downloaded with i-mode or i-appli is not transferred to FOMA handset in repair, with some exceptions, because of the Copyright Law.䋪This FOMA handset allows you to save files, such as still images stored in the Data box onto the microSD memory card.䋪If you have a PC, use proprietary datalink Software and the FOMA USB cable 01 (optional) to transfer/save data stored in the Phonebook to the PC.After-sales ServiceMalfunctioningBefore requesting for repair, check by yourself referring to "Troubleshooting" in this manual. If the problemstill persists, contact䊶Repairs on the back of this manual.When Repair is Assumed Necessary by ContactingTake your FOMA handset to a service center designated by DoCoMo. Be sure to check the opening hours ofthe service center. Note that you must bring the warranty.䂓In Warranty period• The FOMA handset will be repaired at no charge subject to the conditions of the warranty.• The warranty must be presented when requesting for repair. Even in the warranty period, you will be charged for repair if the warranty is not presented or the trouble or damage is caused by your inappropriate handling.• The subscriber is charged even during the warranty period for repair of failures caused by the use of devices or consumable items that are not DoCoMo-specified.䂓Repair may not be possible in the following cases:• Repair may not be possible when perspiration is detected by the moisture detection seal; when corrosion due exposure to moisture, condensation or sweat is found in a test result; or if any of the internal boards are damaged or deformed. Since these conditions are outside the scope of the warranty, any repairs, if at all possible, will be charged.䂓After expiration of the warranty• All repairs that are requested are charged.䂓Replacement parts• Replacement parts (parts required to maintain production function) will be kept in stock for at least 6 years in principle after termination of production. However, repair may still not be possible due to a lack of replacement parts depending on the failure. Even after the parts holding period, some failures may be repairable. Contact䊶Repairs on the back of this manual.
324Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingNotes• Do not modify FOMA handset or its accessories.- Fire, injury or damage may result.- In order to prevent interference of radio waves or network troubles, technical standards are defined for FOMA handset and UIM by law. FOMA handset or UIM that do not meet these technical standards may not be used.- If the FOMA handset modified (in a way such as parts replacement, remodeling or painting) will be repaired only after the handset has been restored to the original conditions (containing DoCoMo genuine parts only). Note that, depending on the details of modification, repair may be refused.- Repair of failure or damage caused by modification is charged even in the warranty period.•Do not remove rating stickers put on FOMA handset. Rating stickers function to certify that the FOMA handset meets the technical standards. If the stickers are removed intentionally or replaced disabling to confirm their contents, repair may be refused because compliance to the technical standards cannot be confirmed.• Various function settings and information including total call time may be cleared (reset) by failure, repair or other handling of FOMA handset. In such a case, you have to make function settings again.•FOMA handset contains magnetic components given below. Keep cash cards and other objects vulnerable to magnetism off such components or they may become unusable.Magnetic components : Speaker and Earpiece• When FOMA handset has got wet or moistened, immediately turn the power OFF, remove the battery pack and bring FOMA handset to repair shop. Note that, depending on the conditions of FOMA handset, it may not be reparable.Phonebook and Downloaded Data• Note down and keep separately the data you registered in your FOMA handset. DoCoMo will not accept any liability whatsoever for changes of information or loss of information.• The Data you created or imported or downloaded from external sources may be altered or lost as a result of changing the FOMA handset model or repairing the FOMA handset. DoCoMo is not responsible for data alteration or loss under these circumstances. Also, at DoCoMo's convenience, your FOMA handset may be replaced with a substitute product instead of repaired. In this case, only a part of the data on the product can be transferred to the substitute. For this FOMA handset, images and melody downloaded from i-mode official site are transferred at repair. (Some contents may not be transferable. Moreover, depending on severity of the failure, transfer of contents may be disabled.) Moreover, depending on severity of the failure, transfer of contents may be disabled.)About the i-mode Malfunction Check SiteYou can check by yourself whether your FOMA handset is properly sending / receiving mail, downloadingimages and melodies.ai-mode Menu screen䋨P138䋩X"䌩Menu"X"䈍⍮䉌 䈞(Information)"X"䉰䊷䊎䉴䊶 ᯏ⢻(Service/Function)"X"䌩䊝䊷䊄(i-mode)"X"䌩䊝䊷䊄᡿㓚⸻ᢿ(i-mode malfunction check site)"(Image to beadded)
325Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingSoftware UpdateUpdating SoftwareThis function checks whether FOMA handset software requires update and, if required, updates the softwareby downloading a part of it using packet communication䋪.Whensoftware update is necessary, you will beinformed of it with DoCoMo's web site and "䈍⍮䉌 䈞䋧䊓䊦䊒 (News & Help)" of iMenu.Software may be updated in the following two methods : "Now update" and "Timer update".• Now update : Update immediately when you want.• Timer update : When you set a schedule to update, software is automatically updated on the scheduled day.䋪䋺 Communication charges do not apply for packet communication for software update.Note• Packet communications charges do not apply for the i-mode malfunction check. (Charges apply when accessing from overseas).• Test items will differ depending on FOMA handset model. Test items may change.• When confirming operations for each test item, perform the test after carefully reading the warnings on the site.• When connecting to the i-mode malfunction check test site, and when performing the mail send test, your FOMA handset's information (model name, mail address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode malfunction check server). The information sent is used only for i-mode malfunction check.• After the check, if you feel that there is a malfunction, call the "Repairs" number described on the back of the manual.• Software update is available even if you have set connection destination from i-mode destination.• Fully charge the battery pack before updating software.• Software update (downloading and rewriting) may take a while.• Updating software with the "PIN1 code request" set to "ON" displays the PIN1 code entry screen in the automatic restart after installing the software. You cannot make/receive calls or perform communication until you enter the correct PIN1 code.• You cannot make or receive calls or use communication or other functions while updating software (you can receive voice calls while downloading).• You are recommended to perform software update without moving under conditions with strong radio wave reception level and 3 antenna icons displayed. If the radio wave reception level go worse during software download or download is suspended, retry software update under good radio wave reception level.• If you check software update after software update, message "No Update Required: appears.• After software update, an icon indicating the i-mode Center storage status disappears. When mail is delivered during software update with "Receive option" set to "ON", screen indicating that there is mail may not appear after software update.• During pattern data update, information (handset model, serial No., etc.) specific to your mobile phone is automatically sent to the server (software update server managed by DoCoMo). DoCoMo does not use the sent information for other purposes than Software update.• Software update is disabled in the following cases:- While Lock all is set- While another function is running- When the date and time are not set- When the FOMA card (UIM) is not inserted- When the battery is not charged full- When "Out of service area" appears at the top of the screen- Power is OFF- During international roamingContinue on the next page
326Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingStarting Software UpdateCheck whether to need to update FOMA handset software.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Others"X"Software update"XEnteryour security code• When Software update has been scheduled, the Schedule notification screen will be appeared.bCheck the contents on confirmation screen and press "OK"• The communication starts and inquire to the center. If update is needed, the software update confirmation screen will be appeared.Immediately Updating SoftwareaOn the software update confirmation screen, select "Update now"X"OK" on the download start screen.• Download starts, and when the download is completed, the confirmation screen for software rewriting is displayed.b"OK"• The rewriting starts, and the software update confirmation screen is appeared after completing.• All the operations will be disabled during rewriting.c"OK"Updating Software on Scheduled DateYou can select the date and time to update software.aSelect "Reserve"on the software update confirmation screen• The desired date and time selection screen is appeared.bSelect the date and time• When the reserved time comes, the FOMA terminal starts updating software automatically.• When you select "Others" on the desired date and time screen, you can set both desired date and time individually.Note• Never remove the battery pack during software update. Doing so may cause update to fail.• Software update can be carried out with data such as phonebook, camera images, downloaded data maintained. Note that, however, such data may not be protected depending on the conditions of FOMA handset (failure, damage, wetting, etc.).You are recommended to back up important data (some data including downloaded data cannot be backed up).• When software update has failed, "Rewriting Failed" appears, disabling any kind of operations. In that case, you have to bring FOMA handset to repair center specified by DoCoMo.
327Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingScanning functionProtecting Mobile Phone from Dangerous DataAs for data and programs downloaded to FOMA handset from site or via i-mode mail, etc., you can detectand delete data or disable applications that may cause troubles.• Pattern data is used for checking. Update pattern data, which is upgraded as needed when new problems are detected.→P328• Scanning Function provides a means to protect FOMA handset from data that may invade when viewing web site or receiving mail, etc., causing troubles of FOMA handset. Note that this function cannot avoid occurrence of troubles unless pattern data specific to individual troubles has not been downloaded to FOMA handset or such pattern data does not exist.• Pattern data has different contents depending on mobile phone models. Note that, therefore, DoCoMo may stop distributing pattern data for models that have been on the marker for 3 years or more.Setting Scanning FunctionWhen Scanning Function is set to "ON", data and programs to be performed are automatically checked.aM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Lock/Security"X"Scanning function"X"Set scan"b"Set scan" / "Set message scan"X"ON"/"OFF"Setting Scan Function: When data that may cause troubles is detected, it is alerted in 5 levels.→P317Setting Message Scan: When setting to "ON" and described the phone number and URL in SMS, the notation screen that described phone number and URL will be appeared when displaying the SMS at first.Note• In Scheduled date software update, the times for reservation on the sever is displayed.• Note that if you perform the other functions, the software update does not launch at the scheduled time.• If you perform alarm function, the software update may not be launched. • If you perform "Clear memory"(P246) after completing the reservation, the software update may not be launched at the scheduled time. Reschedule the time for update.First, update the pattern data to the latest one.Default Set scan:On Set message scan:On
328Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingUpdating Pattern DataaM[Menu]X(Settings)X"Lock/Security"X"Scanning function"X"Update"X"Yes"X"Yes"Updating starts. Upon completion of update, a screen to notify the completion opens.• When the pattern data is the latest one, a message to that effect appears.bC[OK]To update the pattern data automaticallyAutomatically update the pattern data to keep the latest data. On the scan screen, select "Set auto-update" to X"Enable"X"Yes".Scan Result Display䂓Display of problem elements after scanningWhen problem elements are detected, the problem elements is displayed as lists.XSelect "Detail"If data that may cause a problem is detected, a screen appears to show its warning level.Note• During pattern data update, information (handset model, serial No., etc.) specific to your mobile phone is automatically sent to the server (software update server managed by DoCoMo). DoCoMo does not use the sent information for other purposes than Scanning Function.• Correctly set the clock of FOMA handset in advance.• Pattern data update is disabled in the following cases:- Date&Time is not set - Low battery level- UIM not inserted - Out of service area- During a call - Other functions are active- Self Mode - Lock all- Date access lock - Connected to external device such as PCAlert level 0 Alert level 1 Alert level 2 Alert level 3䂓When you detect an deletable data 䂓When you detect an undeletable data"OK" : Continue with the operation. "Yes" : Stop operation and exit."No" : Continue operation."OK" : Stop operation exit. "Yes" : Delete the data and return to the Stand-by display or the previous screen."No" : Stop operation and return to the Stand-by display or previous screen."OK" : Terminate the operation. Pressing "OK" again, returns to the Stand-by display returns or the previous screen.(Image to beadded) (Image to beadded) (Image to beadded) (Image to beadded) (Image to beadded)
329Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting䂓Display of problem elements after scanningConfirming Pattern Data VersionaM[Menu] X(Settings) X"Lock/Security" X"Scanning function" X"Version"Note• <NoteBul>The screen may be different from the above screen depending on the scanned result.Alert level 4䂓When you detect an deletable data"OK" : Delete the data and exit.(Image to beadded)(Image to beadded)
330Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingMajor Specifications䋪1䋺Image size : 128㬍96 Image quality : Standard File size : 10 K 䋪2䋺Varies depending on the image size, quality and, capturing conditions.䋪3䋺Shared with the Music channel• Continuous call time is approximate duration of time to be spent for talking with normal radio wave reception level.• Continuous standby time is approximate duration of battery time while in motion. Depending on the battery level, set functions, operating environment such as ambient temperature, or radio wave reception level (Poor or weak radio wave reception level), battery life can reduced to half. When i-mode communications are performed, the call (communication)/standby time becomes shorter. Even if you do not make calls or perform i-mode communications, the call (communication)/standby time becomes short if you compose an i-mode mail, start a downloaded i-appli, start the i-appli stand-by display, perform data communications or multiaccess, use a camera, or playback videos or music.Model name FOMA L705iDimensions (H䌸W䌸D) ٨٨٨䌸٨٨䌸٨٨.٨ mmWeight Approximately ٨٨٨g (with battery pack installed)Continuous Standby Time FOMA䋯3G Stationary : Approx. ٨٨٨hoursMoving : Approx. ٨٨٨ hoursGSM/GPRS Approximately ٨٨٨ hoursContinuous Call Time FOMA/3G Voice Call : Approximately. ٨٨٨ minutesVideo Call : Approximately. ٨٨ minutesGSM/GPRS Approximately ٨٨٨ minutesCharging time AC Adapter : Approximately ٨٨٨ minutesDC Adapter : Approximately ٨٨٨ minutesColor LCD Type TFT 262,144 colorsSize Approx. 2.2 inchesPixels 76,800 pixels䋨240㬍320䋩Image Censor Type Inner camera : CMOSOuter camera : CMOSSize Inner camera : 1/6 inchOuter camera : 1/4 inchEffective Pixels Inner camera : Approx. 0.32 mill. pixelsOuter camera : Approx. 1.92 mill. pixelsCamera Recorded Pixels Inner camera : Approx. 0.3 mill. pixelsOuter camera : Approx. 1.92 mill. pixelsZoom (Digital) Inner camera : Up to approx. 2 timesOuter camera : Up to approx. 3 times Record Still Image Approx. 40000䋪1Continuous mode CIF䋺4 images䇭Stand-by screen/QCIF/sub-QCIF/for Phonebook/Menu icon䋺6 imagesStill image file type JPEGMovie record time Approx. 60 seconds䋪2Moviefiletype MP4Play music Continuous playback time Approximately 30 hoursCapacity Chaku-Uta®/Chaku-Uta Full®Approx. 100 MB
331Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting• Continuous standby time in a stationary state is the average usage time in a stationary state with normal radio wave reception level while the handset is closed.•Continuous standby time in motion is the average usage time in a state combining "standstill", "in motion" and "out of service area" in an area with normal radio wave reception level while the handset is closed.• The estimated charging time is the duration of time to charge the battery pack with the FOMA handset turned off and with a fully drained battery pack. The charging time becomes longer with the FOMA handset turned on.Number of Items that can be Stored, Registeredand Protected on the FOMA HandsetThe number of actual storable or registerable protection of each data counts varies depending on the datasize or usage memory.䋪1䋺Up to 50 entries can be saved in UIM.䋪2䋺Including pre-installed i-appliType Maximum Number ofSaved Messages Maximum Number ofSaved MessagesPhonebook 1000䋪1䋭Schedule Schedule 200 䋭Holiday 100 䋭To Do 50 䋭Memos 30 䋭Mail Received mail 1000 1000Sent mail 500 500Unsent mail 䋭SMS on UIM ٨٨ 䋭Message Message R 200 100Message F 150 100Bookmarks 100 䋭Files contained in Screen Memos 50 10i-appli 100䋪2䋭Databox Image 1000 䋭Video/i-motion Movie 1000 䋭Melody 1000 䋭Animation 30 䋭
332Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingAuthenticationSpecific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile PhonesMobile phone FOMA L705i meets the technical regulation defined by the government for absorption of radiowaved to human body. This technical regulation has been established based on scientific studies so thatradio waves emitted from radio devices such as mobile phones used near a human head give no badinfluence to the human health. It defines that Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), representing the averageamount of energy of radio waves absorbed to a temporal part of human body, should not exceed apermissible value of 2W/kg䋪. This permissible value includes a substantial safety margin designed to assurethe safety of users, regardless of the age, body size and other conditions of individuals and is equal to theinternational guideline recommended by International Commission of Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection(ICNIRP) which has cooperative relationships with World Health Organization (WHO).All mobile phones should be confirmed to comply with the governmental regulation according to Radio Lawbefore they are released. The SAR value of FOMA L705i is W/kg. This value has been acquired by TelecomEngineering Center (TELEC) and is the maximum value of those measured under the maximum transmissionpower of the mobile phone in the procedure defined by the government. Though there may be somedifferences in SAR value among individual products, they all meet the technical regulation. In addition,mobile phones are designed to have the lowest transmission power required for communication with basestations; therefore, the SAR value during actual phone operation becomes smaller. SAR value of this mobilephone meets the regulations of individual countries it is available.For further information about SAR, visit the following web sites:䋪 : The technical regulation is defined in Article 1-2 of the Ministry Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment.Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications : http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htmAssociation of Radio Industries Businesses : http://www.arib-emf.org/index.htmlDoCoMo : http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/product/LG Mobile web page : http://www.jp.lgmobile.com/
333Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingRadio Frequency (RF) SignalsTHIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT'S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.䋪 Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the output.Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the U.S. government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed on position and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.202W/kg, and when worn on the body, is 0.096W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government requirement.The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after search on FCC ID BEJL705i.For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory designated for this product or when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 2.5 cm from the body.Declaration of ConformityThe product "FOMA L705i" is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2.This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed the SAR䋪 limits䋪䋪 for exposure to radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR䋪 value, when tested for compliance against the standard was 1.00W/kg. While there may be differences between the SAR䋪 levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet䋪䋪䋪 the EU requirements for RF exposure.䋪In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. SAR values may vary depending upon national reporting requirements and the network band.䋪䋪䋪䋪䋪䋪The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SARThe SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over ten grams of tissue, recommended by The Council of the European Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base station antenna, the lower the power output.
334Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingImportant Safety InformationAIRCRAFTSwitch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed to do so by airline staff. If your device offers a 'flight mode' or similar feature consult airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.DRIVINGFull attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.HOSPITALSMobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics or health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible interference with sensitive medical equipment.PETROL STATIONSObey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio equipment in locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.INTERFERENCECare must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.PacemakersPacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15cm be maintained between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.Hearing AidsSome digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.For other Medical DevicesPlease consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of your phone may interfere with the operation of your medical device.
335Appendix/External Devices/TroubleshootingExport Administration of This Product and ItsAccessories(Confirming specs)
337Index/Quick ManualIndex................................................................................................................................... 338How to Use the Quick Manual.......................................................................................... 343Quick Manual................................................................................................... End of the Manual
338Index/Quick ManualIndex184 䋯186.................................58AA microSD Memory Card........206Backup ........................208, 209Copy/overwrite personal data..................................208Data update.........................209Folder Structure...................210Inserting/Removing .............206Memory info.........................209Read/write ...........................210Reset microSD card ............207Accessories...............................24Additional guide ......................264Additional Services .................263Adding .................................263Perform................................264After-sales Service..................323Alarm.......................................231AnimationCreate..................................200Operation.............................200Anonymous caller ...................119Answer mode ............................66Any key answer.........................66Auto Answer............................244BBacklight .................................103Bar Code Reader....................134Battery Level.............................45Battery Pack ............................. 41Bookmarks.............................. 143Compose message/Send Mail ........................144Connect...............................143Copy to microSD................. 144Delete..................................144Edit title ...............................144List ......................................143Send IrDA ...........................144Store ...................................143CCalculator................................242Call barring ............................. 277Call display ............................. 100Call duration............................239Call forwarding........................ 259Enable/disable Guidance....259Call forwarding (Int.) ...............278Call waiting .............................257Making Calls........................ 258Receiving a Call ..................258Caller ID notification............48, 58184 䋯186.............................58Caller ID Request ...................260Caller ID request (Int.) ............279Call/Mail history ........................ 90Call/Mail lock........................... 114CameraCapture movie..................... 130Capture Still Images............129Movie Capture Duration as a rough guide..............128Camera SettingsBrightness........................... 132Delay timer.......................... 133Switching between the Inner and Outer cameras ......... 133Zoom................................... 132Camera settings ..................... 133Flicker turning ..................... 133Shutter sound ..................... 133CaptureStill images ......................... 129Videos................................. 130Change i-mode Password...... 142Character Entry ...................... 247Auto cursor ......................... 251Input characters .................. 249Input common phrases ....... 250Input setting ........................ 251Kuten Code......................... 253Switching Input Modes........ 248character entryCopy/Cut/Paste................... 252Character Sizei-mode................................. 148Mail ..................................... 180Charge................................ 42, 44Charging time ....................... 43Check new message ...... 150, 168Check new SMS..................... 182Checking call costs................. 240Clearing Memory .................... 246Close setting............................. 66Color theme............................ 103Using the Index䃂This index can be used not only as an usual index but also as a table of contents sorted in alphabetical order.You can find the terms used in this guide as well as the words that summarize the contents of the chapters orsections. If you cannot find what you are looking for, try another keywords.Ex) When you want to create a Deco-mail䃂For the settings of the i-mode Center, such as Mail Address, Receive/Reject Mail, Limit Mail Size, orSuspend/Resume Mail settings, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide i-mode <FOMA>".䃂For data communication, refer to the "Manual for Data Communication" guide included in the bundled CD-ROM.䊂䉮 䊜 䊷䊦 ................................158૞ᚑ........................................158䊌䊧 䉾 䊃 䈱ᠲ૞ ....................159䊌䊧 䉾 䊃 ⴫␜ ........................159䊜䊷䊦૞ᚑ................................ 157ተవㅊട................................ 157ㅍା ....................................... 157䊂䉮 䊜 䊷䊦૞ᚑ .................... 158䊁 䊮 䊒䊧 䊷䊃 ㆬᛯ ................ 160䊐䉜䉟䊦䉕ᷝઃ.................... 162䊒䊧䊎䊠 䊷............................ 157଻ሽ ....................................... 157Numerics
339Index/Quick ManualCommon PhrasesInput.................................... 250List ...................................... 300Compose message/Send Mail............................ 161Add Address ....................... 161Copy filesImage Files ......................... 196Melody files......................... 204Video/i-motion Files ............ 202Copyrights ................................ 22Country codeAuto international dial ........... 61Country code list ................... 62Creating a folderBookmarks.......................... 143Data box ..................... 195, 196Mail ..................................... 173Custom Menu ......................... 238DData access lock .................... 115Data box ................................. 194Data Communication.............. 265AT Commands.................... 268Operating Environment....... 267Preparing for Data Communication ............... 267Date Counter .......................... 237Date Search............................ 238Date&Time format .................. 106Deco-mail ............................... 162Changing ............................ 164Create ................................. 162Palette Display.................... 163Palette Operations .............. 163Default settings....................... 292Delete filesImage Files ......................... 196Melody files......................... 204Video/i-motion Files ............ 202Deleting a folderBookmarks.......................... 143Data box ............................. 195Mail ..................................... 174Desk Adapter............................ 44Dialing..................................... 101Dialing Quick Search................ 89Display................................ 26, 32Display Call/mail logs ............. 117Display phonebook image ...... 102DownloadChaku-Uta Full®....................... 220Dictionary............................ 147Image.................................. 145i-melody .............................. 146Template............................. 146Download Dictionary............... 254DTMF........................................ 58Dual Network.......................... 261EEdit ......................................... 251Modify ................................. 252Store ................................... 251Edit Videos/i-motion Movies... 203Capture............................... 203Clipping............................... 203Edit wordDelete ................................. 253Editing still images ................. 198Crop.................................... 199Effect .................................. 198Insert................................... 198Mirror .................................. 198Resize................................. 199Retouch .............................. 198Rotate ................................. 198Undo ................................... 198EmoticonList ...................................... 299English guidance.................... 261Entering Pictographs/Symbols/Emoticons ............ 248Error Messages...................... 308Export Administration ............. 335External Connector Terminal.... 27FFiles contained in Screen Memos144Delete ................................. 145Edit title............................... 145List ...................................... 144Protect On/Off..................... 145Retry ................................... 145Save ................................... 144ShowURL ........................... 145View.................................... 144View Details........................ 145Flash ...................................... 141Operation............................ 197Play..................................... 197Setting as the Stand-by display..................... 196, 197Flat-plug earphone/microphone with switch ...... 244Making Calls ....................... 244Receiving a Call.................. 244Hhands-free ................................ 74Headphone/Microphone Jack .. 27Holding tone ............................. 68Hour indication ....................... 245Ii-appli...................................... 183Delete ................................. 190Download............................ 185Software info....................... 186Start .................................... 185Upgrade.............................. 186i-appli DX................................ 184i-appli infoAuto start info ..................... 190Security error history .......... 190Trace info............................ 190i-appli settingsAccess the Phonebook and History............................. 188Auto-start.............................189Change ring tone/image......188Display SW info ...................185i-appli To Function...............189Icon info...............................188Network Set.........................188i-appli To Function ..................147i-Channel.................................154Channel list..........................155Trial Service ........................154Ticker...................................155i-Channel SettingTicker setting .......................155Illumination dot Settings..........105ImageEdit ......................................198Full screen...........................196Setting as the Stand-by display......................196, 197View settings .......................197Zoom ...................................196Image Display .........................194Operation.............................195i-melody ..................................146iMenu ......................................139i-mode .....................................137Add to phonebook ...............141Bookmarks ..........................143Change character code.......139Compose message/Send Mail.........................139Display image......................140Files contained in Screen Memos.............................144Go To location.....................142Last URL .............................140My Menu..............................141Operations on i-mode/Web Sites ........................140Reload.................................139Retry....................................139Save image .........................145Site view ..............................139Sound effect settings...........140URL history..........................142View Details.........................139i-mode mail .............................158i-mode Password ....................110i-mode setting .........................147Auto-display Message.........150Connection Timeout ............148Host Selection .....................149i-motion Auto Play ...............153i-motion type........................153Melody Auto Play ................150SSL Certificate Info .............152i-motion ...................................152Download ............................152i-motion Auto Play ...............153i-motion type........................153In-call Arrival Act .....................261Incoming call volume ................67Infrared Port............................212Infrared remote control............213Inner camera.............................26Intellectual Property ..................22
340Index/Quick ManualInternational Access Code ........60Auto assist setting .................61International Prefix Settings..............................61International Call.......................59International Dial .................60, 61International Roaming.............270IrDA.........................................211Receive all...........................213Receive one ........................212Send all data .......................212Send one .............................212Session code.......................212JJapan Article Number code.....134KKeypad sound...........................96Keypad unlock ........................116Kuten Code Input ....................253LLast URL .................................140List of the Ring tone (Pre-installed)........................93Lock all....................................113MMail .................................157, 160Add to phonebook...............169Auto sort..............................171Confirm File Attachment......169Delete.........................174, 175, .........................176, 177, 178Filter ....................175, 177, 178Forward ...............................168Protect On/Off .............175, 177Reply ...................................168Retrieve attached file...........169Set security/Release security ............................173View.............................167, 170Mail ring duration ......................97Mail setting..............................179Mail To Function .....................147Major Specifications................330Manner Mode............................97Manner mode set......................98MelodyAdjust the volume................204Set as alarm tone ................205Set as ring tone ...................205Memory status ........................245Memos ....................................243Store....................................243View Contents .....................243Menu Customization ...............104Menu guidance .......................104Menu List ................................282Menu Operation ........................34Main Menu.............................34Notation.................................37Notation Rules.......................38Sub menu ..............................37Message R/FAdd to phonebook...............151Auto-display Message......... 150Confirm File Attachment......169Delete..................................151Melody Auto Play ................150Protect On/Off ..................... 151Save image .........................145View .................................... 150MessageR/FMessage ............................. 149Missed Call ...............................71Move filesImage Files..........................196Melody files .........................204Video/i-motion Files.............202Movie-Mode............................ 130Multi number ........................... 262Confirming the Primary Number............................ 262Setting Primary Number......262Multi-Access ........................... 230Combinations ...................... 302Multitasking............................. 230Combinations ...................... 303Music channelChapter list.......................... 218Operation ............................ 217Play programs.....................217Play saved programs .......... 219Playback in background......228Save program...................... 219Set Programs ...................... 216Music channel player..............217Music life................................. 228Music Player ........................... 221Operation ............................ 222My Menu (i-mode)...................141My Pictures ............................. 195NNetwork mode.........................276Network search mode.............276Network Security Code...........110Network Services....................255New Passwords ......................111Noise Reduction ....................... 64Nuisance Call Blocking...........259Specify ................................ 260Number of Items that can be Stored, Registered and Protected on the FOMA handset ...............................331Number Settings.....................262OOn hold ..................................... 67On hold tone ............................. 68Operator name display ...........277Options and Related Devices ..24, 305Outer camera............................27Overseas Use.........................269After Coming Back to Japan273Available Services...............270Making Calls........................ 273Network Services................ 278Preparation before Departure...271Receiving a Call.................. 275Usage at destination........... 272Own number..................... 48, 239PPasswordNetwork Security Code....... 110Security code ...................... 110Pause ....................................... 58Phone Call................................ 49International Call................... 59making .................................. 50Receive................................. 64Phone number display.............. 48Phone To/AV Phone To Function .............................. 147Phonebook ............................... 75About the Phonebook ........... 76Delete ................................... 87Edit........................................ 87Handset (Phone)................... 77Multiple choice ...................... 88Number of contacts............... 88Save (Received Call History, etc..) ..................... 80Save (UIM)............................ 79View Contents....................... 84Phonebook settings.................. 88Photo Light ............................... 27Photo-Mode............................ 129PictographList ...................................... 298PIN Unlock Code............ 111, 112PIN1 code request.................. 112Play Melodies ......................... 204Operation............................ 204Pause.................................. 204Play music .............................. 220Continuous Play.................. 222Delete ................................. 226Display Jacket image.......... 224Download Chaku-Uta-Full® ............. 220Music channel player.......... 217Music life............................. 228MUSIC Menu ...................... 221Music Player ....................... 221Playback in background...... 228Playlist ................................ 224Quick playlist....................... 226Save SD-Audio ................... 220SD-Audio Player ................. 227Set as alarm tone................ 223Set as ring tone................... 223View Lyrics.......................... 224Play Videos/i-motion Movies ................................ 201Fast forward/Rewind........... 201Operation............................ 201Playback in background ......... 228PlaylistCreate ................................. 224Play..................................... 225Portrait Rights........................... 22
341Index/Quick ManualPower On/Off............................ 46Power Saving Mode ............... 103Preferred NW lists .................. 276Prefix dial.................................. 63Preinstalled............................. 194Protect On/OffFiles contained in Screen Memos ............................ 145Message R/F ...................... 151Received mail ..................... 175Sent mail............................. 177Public Mode (Drive Mode)........ 68Public Mode (Power OFF)........ 70QQR Code................................. 134Quality alarm ............................ 97Quick Manual.......................... 342Quick playlist .......................... 226RReceive option........................ 167Received Calls.......................... 56Add to phonebook.................80Received mail BOX ................ 170Received mails ....................... 178Receiver volume....................... 67Recent calls.............................. 57Recent Mails........................... 178Reconnect Alarm...................... 64Record Message ...................... 71Settings................................. 71Record message ...................... 72Redial ....................................... 54Add to phonebook.................80Reject all calls......................... 119Reject on List.......................... 118Reject unknown caller ............ 121Remote access setting (Int.)......................... 279Remote Control ...................... 262Renaming a folderBookmarks.......................... 143Data box ............................. 195Mail ..................................... 173Reset i-Channel...................... 155Reset learnt info ..................... 253Reset/Clear............................. 245Roaming guidance setting...... 277Roaming guide (Int.)............... 278SSAR ........................................ 332Save/Edit Group Name............. 81Scanning Function.................. 327Schedule................................. 232Register New Schedule Events ............................. 232View Contents..................... 234SD-Audio Player..................... 227Operation ............................ 222Search phonebook ................... 83Domain? ............................... 84Group search ........................ 83Memory No. search............... 84Phone number? .................... 84Reading Search.................... 84Search all data...................... 83Secret mode........................... 117Security code ......................... 110Security Settings ............ 109, 122Select effect tone ..................... 96Select language ..................... 107Select ringtone ......................... 92Self mode ............................... 115Send a fileImage Files......................... 196Melody files......................... 205Video/i-motion Files ............ 202Sent mail BOX........................ 170Sent mails .............................. 178Service numbers .................... 262Services Available from FOMA Handset................... 304Set as alarm tone..................... 202, 205, 223Set call cost limit .................... 240Set date&time........................... 47Set in-call arrival act............... 260Set mute ring(sec.)................. 121shortcut icons ........................... 33Show shortcut icons ............... 100Site view................................. 139Slide up .................................... 66SMSAdd to phonebook .............. 169Create................................. 181Delete . 174, 175, 176, 177, 178Filter.................... 175, 177, 178Focused data...................... 181Forward .............................. 168Protect On/Off............. 175, 177Reply .................................. 168Save ................................... 181Set security/Release security............................ 173UIM Functions ... 175, 176, 177, 178SMS Settings ......................... 182Auto sort ............................. 171Entering SMS Message Text................................. 182SMS center......................... 182SMS Report request........... 182SMS Validity Period............ 182softkey...................................... 31Software Update .................... 325SortMessage R/F ...................... 151Received mail ..................... 174Sent mail............................. 176Template............................. 165Unsent mail......................... 178Sorting foldersBookmarks.......................... 143Data box ............................. 195Mail ..................................... 173SSL communication ............... 140Stand-by display....................... 99Stopwatch .............................. 241Sub Address............................. 63Sub Menu Operation................ 37Symbol ListList ...................................... 297TTemplate .................................164Create New .........................165Delete ..................................165Download ............................146Edit title................................165List.......................................165Select ..................................165The UIM ....................................38Inserting / Removing .............38Operation Restriction Function.............................39Password...............................39Types.....................................40Tickeri-Channel.............................155i-motion........................153, 201To do.......................................235Store....................................235View Contents .....................236Touchpad ......................26, 29, 30Sensitivity ..............................30Touchpad sensitivity settings ..............................30Touch-Tone Signals..................58Trademarks...............................22Troubleshooting ......................306UUIM PIN ..........................111, 112Change................................112UIM PIN2 ................................111Change................................112Unit converter..........................241Unsent mail BOX ....................171URL history .............................142Usage Time...............................43USB mode setting...................210User Defined Dictionary..........253VValid/InvalidSet the selected certificate to valid or invalid..................152Vibrator .....................................95Video PhoneHands-free call ......................74Holding image .......................73making...................................50Receive .................................64Response hold image............73Substitute image....................53Swap View.............................53Switch camera.......................53Video phone settings ................73Video Play Software................305Video/i-motion MovieEdit ......................................203Set as alarm tone ........202, 203Set as ring tone ...................202Setting as the Stand-by display......................202, 203View file informationFlash file ..............................197Image Files..........................197Melody files .........................205
342Index/Quick ManualVideo/i-motion Files.............203Voice call’s on-hold-tone...........68Voice mail ...............................256Notify missed call ................257Voice mail (Int.) .......................278Volume......................................94WWake-up display .....................102Warranty .................................323Web To Function.....................147WORLD CALL...........................59World Clock.............................240WORLD WING........................270Compose message/Send MailAttach file.............................166Create deco-mail.................162Focused data.......................161Preview................................161Save ....................................161Select template....................164
344Index/Quick ManualHow to Use the Quick ManualTo use the Quick Manual bound in this manual, cut the pages along the cutting line and fold them as shown below.Take along Quick Manual (For Overseas Use) with you when using international roaming (WORLD WING) abroad.• When using scissors, be careful not to hurt yourself.aDetach the Quick Manual by cutting along the cutoff linebFold lengthwisecFold widthwise twice⴫⚕⴫⚕ ⴫⚕
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢Quick ManualDoCoMo Information CenterRepairs• Verify the number before making a call.Saving ContactsSaving Contacts on the UIM1 On the stnad-by display XU(for more than 1 seconds)2"(Save to)" X "Phone"3 " (Enter Memory No.)" X Enter a memory number4" Name" X Enter a Name5 " Reading" X Enter a Reading6 " Phone number" X Enter a Phone number7 " Mail address" X Enter a Mail address8 " (Group)" X Enter a secret code9 " (Select group)"" X Select a Group10 " Image" X Select an image or i-motion11 " Ringtone" X Select a ring tone if the caller is stored in the Phonebook12 " Mail ringtone" X Select a mail tone if the caller is stored in the Phonebook13 " URL" X Enter the URL14 " ZIP code" X Enter a ZIP code15 " Home Address" X Enter a Home Address16 " Company name" X Enter a company name17 " Job title" X Enter a Job title18 " Co. zip code" X Enter a Co. zip code19 " Co. address" X Enter a Co. address20 " Memo" X Enter a memo21 " (Birthday)" X Enter a birthday or others22 " Substitute image" X Select a substitute imageSaving Contacts on the UIM1M[Menu] X(Phonebook) X "Add to phonebook"2 " (Save to)" X "FOMA card (UIM)"3" Name" X Enter a Name4 " Reading" X Enter a Reading䂓From a DoCoMo handset or PHS:151(no area code) (toll free)㶎The above number is not available from a fixed line phone.䂓From a fixed line phone:0120-800-000䂓From a DoCoMo handset or PHS:113 (no area code) (toll free)㶎The above number is not available from a fixed line phone.䂓From a fixed line phone:0120-800-0005 " Phone number" X Enter a Phone number6 " Mail address" X Enter a Mail address7 " (Select group)" X Select a GroupSaving Contacts from DialedCalls/Received Calls1 Use L/Rto display the Received call/Redial logs X Select the Received call/Redial logs XM[Menu] X "Add to PhoneBook"2 Select a storing method• "New registration": Add a new entry to a Phonebook. Go to Step 4• "Additional registration": Add an item to a saved Phonebook entry.3 Select a Phonebook to save4 Modify/save Phonebook entries XI[Done]Editing PhonebookSelect a Phonebook XM[Menu] X "Edit"XStore/Edit Phonebook XI[Done]Input charactersaAvailable number of characters: Indicates the remaining number of characters that can be entered in bytes.bOperation guide field: Shows switching among pictographs, symbols, and emoticons, and switching between full- and half-pitch characters.cEntry mode guidance area: Indicates entry mode.Main Operations on theCharacter Entry Screen䂓Switching entry modesPress I[Mode] 1 time.䂓Switching full-pitch/half-pitchH䂓Switching Pictograph (E-Moji)/Emoticon/Symbol entry modePress A several times.䂓Entering voiced/semivoiced sound symbolor switching upper/lower caseEnter a character and press *several times䂓Entering punctuationPress * several times䂓Entering line feed#䋯D䂓Entering spaceM[Menu]X"Special input" X"Space"/at the end of a sentenceRExample of Character Entry䂓Entering " 䊄䉮䊝(DoCoMo)"1Enter " 䈬䈖 䉅 (DoCoMo)""䈬(Do)": Press 4 5 times X*once"䈖(Co)": Press 2 5 times"䉅(Mo)": Press 7 5 times2 Use D to move the cursor to conversion options X Use K to select " 䊄䉮䊝(DoCoMo)"Using the CameraCapturing Still Images1M[Menu] X (Camera) X"Photo-mode".2 Frame the shot then C [Take]3C[Save]4 Select a destination folder XC[OK]Character Entry Screencba1237654
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢Capturing Videos1M[Menu] X (Camera) X"Movie-mode"2 Frame the shot thenC3I4C[Save]5 Select a destination folder XC [OK]Playing Music Data1GX"Music player"X"All songs"2 Move the cursor to a song XC[Play]䂓Key operation while playingPlay a playlists1GX"Music player"X"Playlist"2 Move the cursor to playlist you want to play XC[Play]Making/Receiving a Video CallMaking Video calls.1 Enter a phone number XM[Menu]X"Video phone call"XStart talking when the other party answers2 To terminate the call PReceiving Video Calls1 A video call arrives•/FE: Adjust the Ring Volume•P: Place the call on response hold.2A•I[Substitute image ] : Send substitute image3 To terminate the call PMain Operationsduring Video Calls䂓Placing a call on hold/Canceling holdM[Menu]X"Hold"•C䋺Cancel hold䂓Setting/Canceling handsfree callC[Spk on]• Press C again to cancel.䂓Switching between camera image/substitute imageI[Substitute]• Press I again to return to the camera image.䂓Switching between the Inner and OutercamerasM[Menu] X "Switch camera"• Select "Switch camera" again to return to the Inner camera.i-mode mailComposing/Sending i-mode Mail1DX"Compose message"2 Select (Receiver) field X "Input Address" X Enter the addressKey DescriptionCPause/PlayHF/EAdjust the volumeL/RPlay from the beginning of the current chapter or go to the previous chapter/play the next chapterL/R(Hold down) Rewind/fast forward while being pressedGPlayback in backgroundI[List] Display the Music data list screenPQuit the Music playerKey DescriptionCompose i-mode mail screenReceiverSubjectMessage3 Select (Subject) field X Enter the subject4 Select (Message) field X Enter the subject5I[Send]Attaching Files䂓Attaching an imageOn the Compose message screen(P13), M[Menu] X "Attach file" X "Attach File"X "Image" X Move the cursor to the folderXC"Open" X Select a image䂓Attaching an i-motion movieOn the Compose message screen(P11), selectM[Menu] X "Attach file" X "Attach file" X "Movie" X Move the cursor to the folder XC"Open" X Select an i-motion䂓Attaching a melodyOn the Compose message screen(P11), selectM[Menu] X "Attach file" X "Attach File" X "Melody" X Move the cursor to the folder XC"Open" X Select a Melody䂓Capturing and attaching a still image/videoOn the Compose message screen (P11), M[Menu] X "Activate camera" X"Photo-mode"/"Movie-mode" X Capture a still image/video XC[OK]Receiving i-mode Mails1 i-mode mail arrives X "mail "X Select a folder X Select an i-mode mail to displayCheck new message1IX"Check New Message"Other Mail Functions䂓Replying to MailSelect to display the mail to be replaced to XM[Menu] X "Reply" X "Reply"/Reply quoted" X Enter subject and message text XI[Send]䂓Forwarding MailSelect to display the mail to forward XM[Menu] X "Forward" X Enter an address XI[Send]Menu ListIcon Function namesMailReceived mailSent mailUnsent mailCompose messageCheck new messageReceive optionSMSTemplateMail settingi-modeiMenuBookmarkFiles contained in Screen MemosLast URLGo To locationMessagei-ChannelCheck new messagei-mode settingi-appliSoftware listi-appli infoi-appli settingsPhonebookAdd to phonebookSearch phonebookNumber of contactsPhonebook settingsCall/Mail historyCall durationCall CostData box My PicturesMusicMusic channeli-motionMelodySD AudioMUSICRecent played䋪Music PlayerMusic channelSD-Audio PlayerLifekitBar Code ReaderReceive Ir datamicroSD cardCustom MenuIcon Function names15141312111098䋪: "Playing" is displayed when playing a music.
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢LifekitRecord MessageStopwatchCameraPhoto-modeMovie-modeBar Code ReaderCamera settingsStationeryScheduleAlarmMemosTo Do 䊥䉴䊃World ClockCalculatorUnit converterRemembering datesSettingsSounds&vibrationSelect ringtoneSelect effect toneVolumeVibratorManner mode setMail ring durationSet mute ring(sec.)ViewStand-by displayCall displayIcon Function namesSettingsViewWake-up displayDialingMenu Display SettingsBacklightColor themeIllumination dot SettingsCall/VT/DialingIncoming callVideo PhoneCall featureSelf modePrefix dialSub AddressEarphoneLock/SecurityLockSecret modeDisplay Call/mail logsKeypad unlockChange Security codePIN codeScanning FunctionInternational roamingNetworkVoice mail (Int.)Icon Function namesSettingsInternational roamingCall forwarding (Int.)Remote access setting (Int.)Caller ID request (Int.)Roaming guide (Int.)Call barringInternational DialAuto assist settingInternational Prefix SettingsAuto international dialCountry code listDate&TimeSet date&timeDate&Time formatHour indicationOtherCharacter EntryMemory statusSelect languagePower Saving ModeReset/DeleteSoftware UpdateUSB mode settingTouchpad settingsBattery LevelIcon Function namesOwn numberServiceVoice mailCall waitingCall forwardingNuisance Call BlockingServiceNuisance Call BlockingCaller ID notificationCaller ID RequestSet in-call arrival actArrival call actOtherAdditional ServicesAdditional guideEnglish guidanceService numbersRoaming guidance settingMulti numberDual NetworkRemote ControlIcon Function namesManner Mode#(for 1+ seconds) on the Stand-by displayPublic Mode (Drive Mode)*(for 1+ seconds) on the Stand-by displayNetwork ServicesVoice mail servicePlay messagesM[Menu]X(Service)X"Voice mail"X"Play messages"X"Yes"XFollow the instructions of the voice guidanceActive voice mailM[Menu] X (Service) X "Voice mail" X"Activate voice mail" X "Yes" X "Yes" X Dial keys to enter the ringing timeDeactive voice mailM[Menu] X (Service)X"Voice mail" X"Deactivate" X "Yes"Call waitingActivate call waitingM[Menu] X (Service) X "Call waiting" X"Activate" X[Yes]Deactivate call waitingM[Menu] X (Service) X "Call waiting" XDeactivate" X[Yes]Answering Incoming Call PuttingCurrent Call on HoldReceive a call XA䂓Switching the callsM[Menu] X "Switch"䂓Disconnecting the current callP䂓Disconnecting a call put on holdM[Menu] X "Switch" XPAnswering Incoming CallTerminating Current CallIncoming call XM[Menu] X "End active call "Call Forwarding ServiceActivateM[Menu] X (Service) X "Call forwarding" X "Activate call forwarding" X"Yes" X "Register the forwarding number" XEnter the phone number to forward X "Ring time" XHDial keys to enter the ringing time XM"Done"DeactivateM[Menu] X (Service) X "Call forwarding" X "Deactivate" X "Yes"Services Available from the FOMA HandsetServices Available from FOMA HandsetPhone NumberDirectory assistance of fixed line phones and DoCoMo mobile phones (pay service: service and call charges)(No assistance provided for subscribers not listed)(No prefix) 104Services Available from FOMA HandsetPhone NumberTelegraph (charges apply : telegram fee)(No prefix) 115Time check (charges apply) (No prefix) 117Weather forecast (charges apply) Area code + 177Police emergency (No prefix) 110Fire and ambulance (No prefix) 119Marine emergency call and accident reports(No prefix) 118Message Dial of disaster (charges apply)(No prefix) 171Collect call (Charges apply to the receiver)(No prefix) 1062322212019181716
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢Main IconsaStrong WeakRadio wave reception level →P48a b c ed fg h i j kl m n o pq r s t u v w xD E F Gy z A B CSelf Mode is set →P115Out of Service Area / No Reception →P48bRadio wave reception level →P48Self Mode is set →P115Out of Service Area / No Reception →P48cToggle On/Offi-mode Connection engaged →P139Toggle On/OffOngoing i-mode transmission / i-channel message reception →P139Toggle On/OffEngage/Disengage Packet connectionDuring Packet CommunicationSending/Receiving Packet DataDuring Packet CommunicationSending/Receiving Packet Datad(White)i-mode mail from i-mode center→P167(Pink) i-mode center mailbox is full(White) There is a MessageR at the i-mode Center→P150(Pink) MessageR at the i-mode Center is full(White) There is a MessageF at the i-mode Center→P150(Pink) MessageF at the i-mode Center is full(White) There is a i-mode mail and MessageR/F at the i-mode Center(Pink) i-mode Mail and Message R/F at i-mode center is fulle(White) There is an unread i-mode mail at the i-mode Center→P166(White) There is an unread SMS→P182(White) There is an unread i-mode mail and SMS(Pink) Handset Mailbox is fullUIM's SMS section is fullHandset Mailbox and UIM SMS sections are fullf(White) There is an unread MessageR→P150(Pink) MessageR is full(White) There is an unread MessageF→P150(Pink) Handset MessageR section is fullgA SSL Page is open→P152hAn i-appli is running →P185An i-appli i-appliDX is running →P185iA task is currently being executed →P230Several tasks are currently being executedA task is currently being restarted in the backgroundSeveral tasks are currently being restarted in the backgroundAlarm has executed while several tasks are running.j䌾Battery level →P47kConfiguring Full-lock →P113l(Pink)Manner Mode is activated →P97(Blue)Original Manner Mode is activated→P98mAudio ringer for voice/video call is active, vibrator is inactive →P94, P95Audio ringer for voice/video call is inactive, vibrator is active →P94, P95Emergency contact number for lost<Contact number:䇭䇭䇭 䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭><Contact number:䇭 䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭><Contact number:䇭 䇭䇭 䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭>㶎Verify the number before making a call.Audio Ringer for voice/video call is active, vibrator is also active →P94, P95Audio ringer for voice/video call is inactive, vibrator is inactive →P94, P95nMail/message receipt ringer active, vibrator is inactive→P94, P95Mail/message receipt ringer inactive, vibrator is active→P94, P95Mail/message receipt ringer active, vibrator is active→P94, P95Mail/message receipt ringer inactive, vibrator is inactive→P94, P95oPublic Mode (Drive Mode) is set →P68pModifying Voicemail Settings →P71qThere is a set alarm →P231rThere are TO DO activities today →P232There are TO DO activities today with their alarms activated→P231, P232sInserting microSD Memory Card→P206tConfiguring voice/video calls usage limit→P114Configuring voice/video calls reception limit→P114Configuring voice/video calls usage and reception limit→P114uConfiguring Sent Mail limit→P114Configuring Received Mail limit→P114Configuring Sent and Received Mail limit→P114vWhen you set "Call/Mail lock" to "On" →P115When you set "Secret mode" to "On" →P117When you set both "Call/Mail lock" and "Secret mode" to "On" →P115, P117When you set "Secret data only mode" to "On"→P117When you set both "Call/Mail lock" and "Secret data only mode" to "On"→P115, P117wConnecting to an external device via USB cable→P210xLinking to TerminalUIM not inserted / UIM has produced an error→P40yi-appli automatic execution has failed→P190zCall costs have exceeded the limit →P240AMusic channel episode download complete→P216Music channel episode download failed→P216Downloading music channel episode→P216BBooking downloading music channel program→P216CPattern Data has been updated→P328You should update your pattern dataDSeveral Unread Mails (with number of the mails)ESeveral Missed Calls(with number of the calls)FThere are Voice mail messages(with number of the calls)→P256GNew Record message have been recorded(with number of the messages)3130292827262524
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢Quick Manual(Overseas Use) Overseas Use<DoCoMo Information Center> (24 hours)Network Technical Operation Center<Network Technical Operation Center> (24 hours)Preparation for Overseas Usei-mode setting1IX"䌩Menu" X"English i-menu" X"Options" X"International Settings" X"i-mode services Settings" X "Yes" XSelect i-mode password field X Enteri-mode Password X "Select"Setting Remote Control1M[Menu] X(Service) X"Others" X"Remote control" X"Activate" X"Yes"Dual Clock Settings1M[Menu] X(Settings X"Display" X"Stand-by display" X"Clock type" X"Dual clock" X"2-nd City" XMover the cursor to a city by Pressing JXI[Select]XI[Done]Communication System andAvailable ServicesFrom a DoCoMo handset-81-3-5366-3114䋪(Free)䋪From a fixed line phone, International phone call charges to Japanapply.䋪 From L705i dial 䋫 81-3-5366-3114 (to enter "+", press 0 (for 1+ seconds)).From a fixed line phone:<Universal Number>-800-0120-0151䋪䋪Domestic call charges for your overseas location will apply to calls.䋪 For International Access Code for Major Countries(Table 1), see P.13. For the International Phone Code for a Universal Number (Table 2), see P.14.International AccessCodeforyourCurrentLocation (Table 1)International Phone Codefor a Universal Numbers(Table 2)From a DoCoMo handset-81-3-6718-1414䋪(Free)䋪Fromafixedlinephone,InternationalphonecallchargestoJapanapply.䋪 From L705i dial 䋫 81-3-6718-1414 (to enter "+", press 0 (for 1+ seconds)).From a fixed line phone:<Universal Number> -800-5931-8600䋪䋪Domestic call charges for your overseas location will apply to calls.䋪 For International Access Code for Major Countries(Table 1), see P.13. For the International Phone Code for a Universal Number (Table 2), see P.14.䃂If your handset is lost or stolen, contact DoCoMo immediately andtemporarily halt the subscription.䃂If theFOMAhandset which you purchased is broken, please bring it to theservice center.International Access Codefor your Current Location(Table 1)International Phone Codefor a Universal Numbers(Table 2)Service 3䌇GSM GPRSVoice call 䂾䂾䂾Video Phone 䂾㬍䋪㬍䋪i-mode 䂾㬍䂾i-mode mail 䂾㬍䂾SMS 䂾䂾䂾i-Channel 䂾㬍䂾DataCommunication 䂾㬍䂾䂾䋺 Available㬍䋺 Not available䋪䋺 When a call is made, a redial confirmation screen opens. Select "Redial voice call" to redial Voice Call.Switching NetworksBy default, "Network search mode" is set to"Auto". When you use the FOMA handset inJapan or in the areas where 3G area network isavailable, it is recommended to switch "Networkmode" to "WCDMA only" to reduce theconsumption of the battery pack.Setting the Network Manually1M[Menu] X(Settings) X"International roaming" X "Network"2 "Network mode" X "WCDMA only" /"GSM only"3 "Network search mode" X"Manual" X"Yes" X Select a networkSetting Preferred Networks1M[Menu] X (Settings) X"International roaming" X "Network"2 "Preferred NW lists"Network names appear in order of priority.3I[Add] X "UPLMN manual select" XEnter MCC and MNC XI[Done]DisplayAn icon indicating the currently connected networkappears on the Display. The connected carriername also appears on the Display.After Coming Back to JapanWhen you have returned to Japan, FOMAhandset is automatically connected to FOMAnetwork and appears at the top of thescreen.If the FOMA network is not connected, performthe following settings.1M[Menu]X(Settings)X"International roaming" X "Network"2"Network mode" X "Auto"3 "Network search mode" X "Auto"aIcons indicating the connected networkConnected to a FOMA network in JapanConnected to a 3G network overseasConnected to a GSM network overseasConnected to a GPRS network overseasbConnected carrier name䋪The network name does not appear when the handset is connected to the FOMA network in Japan.ab(Image to beadded)1237654
䉨䊥 䊃 䊥 ✢Making CallsMaking a Call to Japan or CountriesOther than the Country of Usage10 (for 1+ seconds) X Enter "Country Code - Area Code (City Code) - Phone Number"• Omit the leading "0" (zero) from the city code or from a phone number of Japanese mobile phone of PHS (in some countries or regions such as Italy, the leading "0" may be required).• Country code →P122Call•A: Make a voice call•M[Menu] X"Video phone call": Make a video call3 To terminate the call PMaking Call inside the CountryWhere You Stay1 Enter the phone number with the area code (city code) in the same way as in Japan2Call•A : Make a voice call•M [Menu] X"Video phone call" : Make a video call3 To terminate the call PReceiving a Call1 A call arrives•I [Silent] :Stop the ring tone•P : Place the call on response hold.2 Receiving a Call•A : Answer a voice call•A : Answer a video call (with Camera image)•A [Image] : Answer a video call (with Camera image)3 To terminate the call PNetwork ServicesRemote Control• Setting must be done while in Japan.M[Menu] X(Service) X"Others" X"Remote control" X"Activate"/"Deactivate"X"OK"Roaming guidance setting• Setting must be done while in Japan.M[Menu] X (Service) X "Others" X"Roaming guidance" X "Activate"/"Deactivate"X"OK"Call barring• Setting must be done while in Japan.M[Menu] X (Settings) X "International roaming" X "Call barring" X "Activate - roam"X "Barring all incoming calls"/"Data calls barring" X Enter network security code X "OK"Voice mail (Int.)M[Menu] X(Settings) X"Internationalroaming" X"Voice mail (Int.)" X"Activate"/"Deactivate"/"Play messages" XFollow theinstructions of the voice guidanceCall forwarding (Int.)M[Menu] X(Settings) X"Internationalroaming" X"Call forwarding (Int.)" X"Activate"/"Deactivate" XFollow the instructions of thevoice guidanceRoaming Guidance (Intl)M[Menu] X(Settings) X"Internationalroaming" X"Roaming guide(Int.)" X"Select" XFollow the instructions of the voice guidanceCountry Codes of Major CountriesUse the following numbers when you useinternational call or a country number ininternational dial As of 䃂2007䋪For the codes of the other countries and details, see the DoCoMo's web page international Services.International Access Codes ofMajor Countries (Table 1)As of 䃂2007International Phone Codes forUniversal Numbers (Table 2)As of 䃂2007For inquiriesFor loss or theft of the handset, settlement ofcharges, or handset failure while overseas,contact the DoCoMo Information Center on thefront page of "Overseas Use" or the NetworkTechnical Operation Center on Page 1.• The contact numbers must be prefixed with the code assigned to the country of stay as shown in the "International Access Codes of Major Countries (Table1)" or "International Phone Code for a Universal Numbers (Table2)".Area Code Area CodeU.S.A. 1 Czech 420U.K. 44 China 86Italy 39 Germany 49India 91 Turkey 90Indonesia 62 Japan 81Egypt 20 New Caledonia 687Australia 61 New Zealand 64Australia 43 Norway 47Netherlands 31 Hungary 36Canada 1 Fiji 679Korea 82 Philippines 63Greece 30 Finland 358Singapore 65 France 33Switzerland 41 Brazil 55Sweden 46 Vietnam 84Spain 34 Peru 51Thailand 66 Belgium 32Taiwan 886 Hong Kong 852Tahiti 689 Macao 853Area Code Area CodeMalaysia 60 Russia 7Maldives 960Area Code Area CodeIreland 00 Taiwan 002U.S.A. 011 Czech 00U.A.E. 00 China 00U.K. 00 Denmark 00Italy 00 Germany 00India 00 Turkey 00Indonesia 001 New Zealand 00Australia 0011 Norway 00Netherlands 00 Hungary 00Canada 011 Philippines 00Korea 001 Finland 00 䋯Greece 00 990Singapore 001 France 00Switzerland 00 Brazil0041䋯Sweden 000021䋯Spain 000023Thailand 001 Vietnam 00Area Code Area CodeBelgium 00 Malaysia 00Poland 00 Monaco 00Portugal 00 Luxemburg 00Hong Kong 001 Russia 810Macao 00Area Code Area CodeIreland 00 Thailand 001U.S.A. 011 Taiwan 00Argentina 00 China 00U.K. 00 Denmark 00Israel 014 Germany 00Italy 00 New Zealand 00Australia 0011 Norway 00Australia 00 Philippines 00Netherlands 00 Finland 990Canada 011 France 00Korea 001 Brazil 0021Colombia 009 Belgium 00Singapore 001 Hong Kong 001Switzerland 00 Malaysia 00Sweden 00 Luxemburg 00Spain 0015141312111098
Don't forget your FOMA handset or your manners!When using the FOMA handset, be considerate and do not disturb people around you.Always turn OFF your FOMA handset in the following situations:䂓Where use is prohibitedBe sure to turn off your FOMA handset in airplanes and in hospitals.㶎Persons using electronic medical equipment are in places other than the actual wards. Make sure you have the power switched off even if you are in a lobby or waiting room.䂓When in crowded places such as packed trains, where you could be near a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator.The implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator operation may be affected by radio emissions from the FOMA handset.In the following cases, be certain to set Public Mode.䂓While drivingUsing the FOMA handset interferes with safe driving and could cause danger.㶎Park the car in a safe place before using the FOMA handset, or switch to Public Mode.䂓When in theaters, movie theaters, museums, and similar venuesIf you use your FOMA handset where you are supposed to be quiet, you will disturb those around you.Pay attention to your surroundings and the loudness of your voice and Ring tone䂓Do not raise your voice when using the FOMA handset in quiet places such as in restaurants or hotel lobbies.䂓Use the handset so as not to disturb pedestrian traffic.Consider privacyPlease be considerate of other people's privacy when capturing and sending pictures usingcamera-equipped mobile phones.This manual was produced in such a way as to allow easy recycling. Please recycle this manual when it is no longer needed.These functions help you keep your manners in publicHandy functions are available such as for setting the response to incoming calls and setting the tones to silent䃂Public Mode (Drive mode/Power off)The guidance is played announcing that you are in such a place as train, bus or movie theater where you have to turn off the handset, and the call is disconnected.→P68䇮P70䃂Record MessageCallers can record a message when you cannot come to the phone.→P71䃂Incoming VibrateWhen the vibrate is set, it vibrates for incoming calls.→P95䃂Manner Mode/Original Manner ModeIn Manner Mode, the Key tone, Ring tone or every other sound generated by the FOMA handset are silenced.(General manner mode)→P97You can change the operation of the FOMA handset in Manner Mode(Original manner mode)→P98

Navigation menu